-
1 На двух свадьбах сразу не танцуют
When a person is engaged in doing something, you cannot expect him to do another job simultaneouslyCf: A horse can't pull while kicking (Am.). A man cannot reel and spin together (whistle and drink at the same time) (Br.). A man cannot whistle and eat a meal at the same time (Am.). No man can do two things at once (sup and blow together) (Br.). One cannot be in two places at once (Am., Br.). When a mule is kicking, he is not pulling; and when he is pulling, he is not kicking (Am.). You can't dance at two weddings with one pair of feet (Am.) You can't follow two paths (Am.). You can't ride two horses at the same time (Am.)Русско-английский словарь пословиц и поговорок > На двух свадьбах сразу не танцуют
-
2 tegelijk
1 [op hetzelfde ogenblik] at the same time/moment2 [in dezelfde periode] together3 [samen met iemand/iets anders] also, as well ⇒ at the same time4 [tevens] also, as well ⇒ at the same time♦voorbeelden:laat slechts één persoon tegelijk binnen • let in only one (person) at a timeik kan niet op twee plaatsen tegelijk zijn • I cannot be in two places at oncejullie moeten tegelijk trekken • you must pull together/at the same timetegelijk met • at the same time asniet allemaal tegelijk • 〈 ironisch〉 one at a time please!met twee tegelijk • in pairs/twos, two by two3 als de timmerman komt, kun je tegelijk die kast laten repareren • when the carpenter comes, you can get that cupboard repaired as wellhij is dokter en tegelijk apotheker • he is a doctor as well as a pharmacist -
3 şi cu varza unsă şi cu slănină în pod
one cannot be in two places at onceyou can't have it both waysprove. you can't eat your cake and have it.Română-Engleză dicționar expresii > şi cu varza unsă şi cu slănină în pod
-
4 ik kan niet op twee plaatsen tegelijk zijn
ik kan niet op twee plaatsen tegelijk zijnVan Dale Handwoordenboek Nederlands-Engels > ik kan niet op twee plaatsen tegelijk zijn
-
5 place
1. [pleıs] n1. 1) местоsome place, some time - где-нибудь, когда-нибудь
starting place - спорт. центральный круг
jumping place - спорт. сектор для прыжков
landing place - а) спорт. место соскока; б) ав. место приземления
reporting place - спорт. место сбора спортсменов
I can't be at two places at once - я не могу быть в двух местах одновременно
this would be a good place for us to picnic in - это хорошее место для пикника
2) место, город, местечко; (населённый) пунктto come to a place - прибыть в какой-л. пункт /куда-л./
it is a quiet place - это тихое местечко /-ий городок/
N. is a great place for oysters - в N. отлично ловятся устрицыwhat place do you come from? - откуда вы родом?
place of arrival [of destination] - место прибытия [назначения]
3) место, точка на поверхности; участокbad /raw, tender, sore/ place - больное место, болячка
show me the sore place on your arm - покажите, где /в каком месте/ у вас болит рука
2. 1) обычное, привычное, отведённое местоin place - а) на месте; everything in its place - всё на месте; to put a book (back) in its place - поставить книгу на место; to put smth. in the wrong place - поставить /положить/ что-л. не на место; he would be very much in place as a journalist - ему бы очень подошло быть журналистом; б) уместный
out of place - а) не на месте; the book is out of (its) place - книга не на (своём) месте; б) неуместный
to look (sadly) out of place - быть удивительно неуместным /неподходящим/
to give place to smb., smth. - уступить место кому-л., чему-л.
his anger gave place to a feeling of pity - его гнев уступил место жалости
to take the place of smth. - заменить что-л. [ср. тж. 7, 1)]
electricity took the place of candles - на смену свечам пришло электричество
2) сиденье, место (в классе, за столом, в поезде и т. п.)to book /to engage, to secure/ places - заказать билеты
to change places with smb. - обменяться с кем-л. местами
would you like to take my place? - не хотите ли сесть на моё место?
3) место в книге; страница; отрывокto find one's place - найти нужное место в книге [ср. тж. ♢ ]
put smth. to mark the place - заложите чем-л. это место
the author repeats that in another place - автор повторяет это в другом месте
I've lost my place - я не помню, до какого места я дочитал /где я остановился/
3. 1) место, пространствоyou must find place for this bookcase - вы должны найти место для этого книжного шкафа
2) существенное место; важная рольsports never had a place in his life - спорт никогда не занимал важного места в его жизни
3) подходящий момент, ситуацияthis isn't a place to talk about one's private affairs - здесь не место обсуждать свои личные дела
4. (Place) в названиях1) площадь2) небольшая улица, тупик3) имениеPenhurst Place - имение /усадьба/ Пенхерст
5. 1) здание, помещение, место и т. п. специального назначенияplace of joining - воен. призывной пункт
public place - общественное здание, учреждение и т. п.
2) дом, жилищеyou can all come and lunch at our place - вы все можете у нас позавтракать
all over the place - везде, по всему дому
he leaves his things all over the place - он разбрасывает свои вещи по всей квартире
6. 1) имение, загородный домhe has a nice little place in the country - у него хорошенький загородный домик
2) уст. укрепление7. 1) должность, место, службаto take smb.'s place - а) заменять кого-л.; б) занять чьё-л. место; [ср. тж. 2, 1)]
to fill smb.'s place = to take smb.'s place а)
he worked ten years in his last place - на последнем месте он проработал десять лет
has he got a place yet? - нашёл ли он себе работу /место/?
2) высокая государственная должность; ответственная должность, высокий пост3) членство, участие ( в спортивной команде)a place in the Oxford boat - участие /членство/ в гребной команде Оксфордского университета
4) тк. sing дело, право, обязанностьit is not my place to correct his errors - не моё дело исправлять его ошибки
8. положение, статусto know /to keep/ one's place - знать своё место
to put smb. in his (proper) place - поставить кого-л. на место
his place among physicists is in the front rank - он занимает видное место среди физиков
his name has taken its place /has found a place/ in history - его имя вошло в историю
9. спорт.1) второе или третье призовое место2) амер. второе место ( на скачках)10. горн. забой, выработка11. мат. разрядto calculate to five decimal places - вычислить с точностью до одной стотысячной
12. астр. местонахождение ( небесного тела)♢
another place - парл. палата лордовin the first place - а) во-первых, прежде всего; первым делом; б) вообще
to take place - случаться, иметь место
to have /to find/ place - иметь место [ср. тж. 2, 3)]
to have a soft place in one's heart for smb. - питать к кому-л. слабость
the place where you cough - уборная, туалет
2. [pleıs] vthere is no place like home - ≅ в гостях хорошо, а дома лучше
1. 1) ставить, помещать; размещатьto place in the clearest light - полностью осветить (вопрос, положение и т. п.)
to place no restrictions on smth. - не устанавливать каких-л. ограничений на что-л.
to place on /in/ orbit - косм. выводить на орбиту; воен. размещать на орбите
to place the bar - спорт. установить планку ( для прыжков)
to place on the defensive - воен. вынуждать ( противника) перейти к обороне
2) помещать, отдавать (куда-л.)to place a child under smb.'s care - отдать ребёнка на чьё-л. попечение
to place in reserve - воен. выделять в резерв
to place smb., smth. in /at/ smb.'s service - отдать /выделить/ кого-л., что-л. в чьё-л. распоряжение
he placed his car in our service - он отдал /предоставил/ свой автомобиль в наше распоряжение
to place oneself under smb.'s orders - поступить в чье-л. распоряжение
to place a matter in smb.'s hands - отдать дело в чьи-л. руки
to place under the command (of) - воен. подчинять, передавать в подчинение
2. определять на должность; ставить на приход ( священника)to place smb. in an office - устроить кого-л. в учреждение
to place smb. in a good situation - устроить кого-л. на хорошую должность
to place smb. in command (of) - поставить кого-л. во главе
he has been placed at the head of the department - его поставили во главе /начальником/ отдела
3. 1) помещать, вкладывать деньги (тж. place out)to place one's money to the best advantage - наилучшим образом поместить свои деньги
to place an amount to smb.'s credit - положить сумму на чей-л. счёт
2) делать, помещать заказto place an order with smb. for goods - поместить заказ у кого-л. /у какой-л. фирмы/ на какие-л. товары
to place a call - амер. заказать разговор по телефону
the French Government placed orders in England - французское правительство поместило заказы в Англии
3) договориться об издании книги, постановке пьесы и т. п.he placed his book with a publisher - он договорился об издании своей книги
4. продавать товары, акцииdifficult to place - плохо продаётся, плохо идёт
5. (in, on) возлагать (надежды и т. п.)to place importance on smth. - придавать значение чему-л.
to place pressure on /upon/ smb. - оказывать давление на кого-л.
to place confidence in /reliance upon/ smb. - довериться кому-л.
no confidence could be placed in any of the twelve judges - из двенадцати судей нельзя было верить ни одному
6. 1) определять местоположение или дату; соотносить (с чем-л.)to try to place the spot where Caesar landed - пытаться определить то место, где высадился Цезарь
the manuscript is placed not later than the tenth century - установлено, что рукопись относится к десятому веку, не позже
I know his face but I cannot place him - мне знакомо его лицо, но я не могу вспомнить, где я его видел /кто он такой и т. п./
he could not place her particular peculiarities of pronunciation - он не мог установить, в чём особенности её произношения
he is a difficult man to place - трудно определить, что он из себя представляет
2) считать, причислять; оцениватьas a poet I place him among the first - как поэта я считаю его одним из первых
3) спорт. определять занятые места в соревновании4) спорт. присудить второе или третье призовое место6) занять (какое-л.) место (на конкурсе, выборах и т. п.)he campaigned for 10 weeks and placed fifth - он проводил предвыборную кампанию десять недель и вышел на пятое место
7. pass1) занимать определённое положениеto be well [badly] placed - занимать хорошее [плохое] положение
2) находиться в определённом положенииI explained to him how I was placed - я объяснил ему, в каком я нахожусь положении, я объяснил ему ситуацию
8. амер. разг. повысить голос (в разговоре, пении)♢
to place a construction on smth., smb. - по-своему понимать, интерпретировать что-л., кого-л.what construction am I to place on that? - как прикажете это понимать?
-
6 place
pleɪs
1. сущ.
1) а) место to give place to ≈ уступить место( кому-л.) to take the place of ≈ занять( чье-л.) место, заместить( кого-л.) Syn: site б) сиденье, место ( в автомобиле, за столом и т. п.) to engage places, secure places ≈ заказать билеты в) место в книге, страница, отрывок, пассаж
2) а) площадь (часто в названиях, напр., Gloucester Place) б) жилище, усадьба, загородный дом;
резиденция Come down to my place tonight. ≈ Приходи ко мне сегодня вечером. summer place ≈ летняя резиденция в) город, местечко, селение What place do you come from? ≈ Откуда вы родом?
3) а) должность, место, положение, служба б) спорт одно из первых мест (в состязании) to get a place ≈ прийти к финишу в числе первых
4) горн. забой
5) мат. разряд после десятичной точки calculated to six decimal places ≈ с точностью до шестой цифры после запятой ∙ another place ≈ палата лордов in the first place ≈ во-первых in the second place ≈ во-вторых in the next place ≈ затем
2. гл.
1) а) помещать, размещать;
класть, ставить The notice was placed above the door, and I didn't see it. ≈ Объявление было приклеено над дверью, так что я его не заметил. б) помещать, отдавать, посылать( куда-л.) Your suggestion will be placed before the board of directors at their next meeting. ≈ Ваше предложение будет рассмотрено на следующем заседаниии советам директоров. We must make sure to place the children in the right school. ≈ Надо позаботиться о том, чтобы отдать детей в хорошую школу. в) помещать, вкладывать деньги, капитал;
делать, размещать заказ I wish to place some money in this bank. ≈ Я хочу вложить деньги в этот банк. place a call г) возлагать (надежду, ответственность и т. п.) Why are you trying to place the blame on me? ≈ Почему ты пытаешься свалить вину на меня?
2) а) определять на должность, устраивать;
занять (какое-л.) место Who has been placed in charge during the director's absence? ≈ Кого назначили замещать директора в его отсутствие? б) спорт присудить одно из первых мест в) находиться в определенном положении;
поставить в определенное положение What an awkward position I'm now placed in! ≈ В каком же глупом положении я сейчас оказался!
3) а) считать, причислять;
оценивать б) прикидывать, определять примерно (местоположение, дату и т. д.), соотносить( что-л. с чем-л.) I placed her age at
33. ≈ Я бы дал ей 33 года.
4) продавать, сбывать (товар и т. п.) ∙ place aside place back place before place out Syn: happen to place one's cards on the table ≈ раскрыть свои карты to place a construction on ≈ по-своему понимать, интерпретировать Make sure that you don't place the wrong construction on his remark. ≈ Будьте внимательны, чтобы не понять его превратно. to place smth. on one side ≈ отложить to place in jeopardy ≈ поставить под угрозу to place oneself in smb.'s position/shoes ≈ поставить кого-л. на чье-л. место Place yourself in my position, and then perhaps you'll stop complaining. ≈ Станьте на мое место и тогда вы перестанете жаловаться. to place a call to ≈ заказать разговор по телефону место - some * где-то - some *, some time где-нибудь, когда-нибудь - starting * (спортивное) центральный круг - jumping * (спортивное) сектор для прыжков - landing * (спортивное) место соскока;
(авиация) место приземления - turnback * место поворота (велоспорт) - reporting * (спортивное) место сбора спортсменов - I can't be at two *s at once я не могу быть в двух местах одновременно - this would be a good * for us to picnic это хорошее место для пикника место, город, местечко;
(населенный) пункт - holy *s святые места - from * to * с места на место - to move from * to * переезжать с места на место - to come to a * прибыть в какой-л. пункт /куда-л./ - it is a quiet * это тихое местечко /-ий городок/ - London is a noisy * Лондон - шумный город - Bath is a very hot * in summer летом в Бате очень жарко - N. is a great * for oysters в N. отлично ловятся устрицы - what * do you come from? откуда вы родом? - * of arrival место прибытия место, точка на поверхности;
участок - a wet * on the floor мокрое пятно на полу - a rough * on the road скверный участок дороги - bad /raw, tender, sore/ * больное место, болячка - show me the sore * on your arm покажите, где /в каком месте/ у вас болит рука обычное, привычное, отведенное место - in * на месте;
уместный - everything in its * все на месте - to put a book (back) in its * поставить книгу на место - to put smth. in the wrong * поставить /положить/ что-л. не на место - he would be very much in * as a journalist ему бы очень подошло быть журналистом - the proposal is not quite in * это предложение не совсем уместно - out of * не на месте;
неуместный - the book is out of (its) place книга не на (своем) месте - to look (sadly) out of * быть удивительно неуместным /неподходящим/ - remark out of * неуместное замечание - familiarity is quite out of * фамильярность здесь совсем неуместна - to give * to smb., smth. уступить место кому-л., чему-л. - his anger gave * to a feeling of pity его гнев уступил место жалости - to take the * of smth. заменить что-л. - electricity took the * of candles на смену свечам пришло электричество сиденье, место (в классе, за столом, в поезде и т. п.) - to book /to engage, to secure/ *s заказать билеты - to change *s with smb. обменяться с кем-л. местами - go back to your * садитесь на свое место - there is no * for you для вас нет места - would you like to take my *? не хотите ли сесть на мое место? - six *s were laid стол был накрыт на шесть персон место в книге;
страница;
отрывок - to find one's * найти нужное место в книге - put smth. to mark the * заложите чем-л. это место - the author repeats that in another * автор повторяет это в другом месте - I've lost my * я не помню, до какого места я дочитал /где я остановился/ место, пространство - * and time пространство и время - you must find * for this bookcase вы должны найти место для этого книжного шкафа - fear can have no * in his heart в его сердце нет места страху существенное место;
важная роль - sports never had a * in his life спорт никогда не занимал важного места в его жизни подходящий момент, ситуация - this isn't a * to talk about one's private affairs здесь не место обсуждать свои личные дела (P.) в названиях: площадь;
небольшая улица, тупик;
имение - Woburn P. Уоборн-плейс - Penhurst P. имение /усадьба/ Пенхерст здание, помещение, место и т. п. специального назначения - * of amusement место развлечений - * of residence место жительства - * of business контора - * of resort место отдыха - * of worship молитвенный дом - * of joining (военное) призывной пункт - public * общественное здание, учреждение и т. п. дом, жилище - come round to my * tonight заходите ко мне вечерком - you can all come and lunch at our * вы все можете у нас позавтракать - all over the * везде, по всему дому - he leaves his things all over the * он разбрасывает свои вещи по всей квартире - they are looking for you all over the * вас ищут по всему дому имение, загородный дом - he has a * in Hempshire у него имение в Гемпшире - he has a nice little * in the country у него хорошенький загородный домик( устаревшее) укрепление должность, место, служба - out of a * безработный - a * at court придворная должность - the * of President должность президента - to take smb.'s * заменять кого-л.;
занять чье-л. место - to fill smb.'s * заменять кого-л. - he has got a * in the Custom House он получил место на таможне - he worked ten years in his last * на последнем месте он проработал десять лет - has he got a * yet? нашел ли он себе работу /место/? высокая государственная должность;
ответственная должность, высокий пост - hunting after *s погоня за должностями членство, участие( в спортивной команде) - a * in the Oxford boat участие /членство/ в гребной команде Оксфордского университета (тк. в ед. ч.) дело, право, обязанность - it is not my * to corret his errors не мое дело исправлять его ошибки положение, статус - high *s высший свет - to attain a high * достичь высокого положения - to know /to keep/ one's * знать свое место - to put smb. in his (proper) * поставить кого-л. на место - his * among physicists is in the front rank он занимает видное место среди физиков - his name has taken its * /has found a */ in history его имя вошло в историю (спортивное) второе или третье призовое место (американизм) второе место (на скачках) (горное) забой, выработка (математика) разряд - decimal * разряд десятичной дроби - to calculate to five decimal *s вычислить с точностью до одной стотысячной (астрономия) местонахождение( небесного тела) > another * (парламентское) палата лордов > in * of вместо > in the first * во-первых;
прежде всего;
первым делом;
вообще > he shouldn't be here in the first * ему вообще здесь делать нечего > in the second * во-вторых > in the next * затем > to take * случаться, иметь место > changes have taken * произошли изменения > it took * ten years ago это случилось десять лет тому назад > the marriage will not take * этот брак не состоится > to have /to find/ * иметь место > to go *s достичь успеха > to have a soft * in one's heart for smb. питать к кому-л. слабость > the place where you cough уборная, туалет > one's * in the sun место под солнцем > there is no * like home в гостях хорошо, а дома лучше ставить, помещать;
размещать - to * a cake in the oven поставить пирог в духовку - to * a board edgeways поставить доску на ребро - to * sentries расставить часовых - to * in the clearest light полностью осветить (вопрос, положение и т. п.) - to * in jeopardy поставить под угрозу - to * no restrictions on smth. не устанавливать каких-л. ограничений на что-л. - to * a question on the agenda поставить вопрос на повестку дня - to * on /in/ orbit выводить на орбиту;
(военное) размещать на орбите - to * the bar (спортивное) установить планку (для прыжков) - to * a seal to a document приложить печать к документу - to * in inverted commas поставить в кавычки - to * down the weight опустить штангу (тяжелая атлетика) - to * oneself on all fours переходить в партер (борьба) - to * on the defensive( военное) вынуждать( противника) перейти к обороне помещать, отдавать (куда-л.) - to * a child under smb.'s care отдать ребенка на чье-л. попечение - to * a child for adoption отдать ребенка на усыновление - to * in reserve( военное) выделять в резерв - to * smb., smth. in /at/ smb.'s service отдать /выделить/ кого-л., что-л. в чье-л. распоряжение - he *d his car in our service он отдал /предоставил/ свой автомобиль в наше распоряжение - to * oneself under smb.'s orders поступить в чье-л. распоряжение - to * a matter in smb.'s hands отдать дело в чьи-л. руки - I * my fate in your hands я отдаю свою судьбу в ваши руки - to * under the command (of) (военное) подчинять, передавать в подчинение определять на должность;
ставить на приход( священника) - to * smb. in an office устроить кого-л. в учреждение - to * smb. in a good situation устроить кого-л. на хорошую должность - to * smb. in command поставить кого-л. во главе - I am placing you in charge вы будете старшим - he has been *d at the head of the department его поставили во главе /начальником/ отдела помещать, вкладывать деньги (тж. * out) - to * one's money to the best advantage наилучшим образом поместить свои деньги - to * an amount to smb.'s credit положить сумму на чей-л. счет делать, помещать заказ - to * an order with smb. for goods поместить заказ у кого-л. /у какой-л. фирмы/ на какие-л. товары - to * a call (американизм) заказать разговор по телефону - the French Government *d orders in England французское правительство поместило заказы в Англии договориться об издании книги, постановке пьесы и т. п. - to * a play пристроить пьесу - he *d his book with a publisher он договорился об издании своей книги продавать товары, акации - difficult to * плохо продается, плохо идет (in, on) возлагать (надежды и т. п.) - to * importance on smth. придавать значение чему-л. - to * pressure on /upon/ smb. оказывать давление на кого-л. - to * confidence in /reliance upon/ smb. довериться кому-л. - no confidence could be *d in any of the twelve judges из двенадцати судей нельзя было верить ни одному определять местоположение или дату;
соотносить (с чем-л.) - to try to * the spot where Caesar landed пытаться определить то место, где высадился Цезарь - to * a manuscript датировать рукопись - the manuscript is *d not later than the tenth century установлено, что рукопись относится к десятому веку, не позже - I know his face but I cannot * him мне знакомо его лицо, но я не могу вспомнить, где я его видел /кто он такой и т. п./ - he could not * her particular peculiarities of pronunciation он не мог установить, в чем особенности ее произношения - he is a difficult man to * трудно определить, что он из себя представляет считать, причислять;
оценивать - as a poet I * him among the first как поэта я считаю его одним из первых (спортивное) определять занятые места в соревновании (спортивное) присудить второе или третье призовое место (американизм) (спортивное) присудить второе место (на скачках) занять (какое-л.) место (на конкурсе, выборах и т. п.) - he campaigned for 10 weeks and * fifth он проводил предвыборную кампанию десять недель и вышел на пятое место pass занимать определенное положение - to be well *d занимать хорошее положение находиться в определенном положении - to be awkwardly *d находиться в неудобном положении - I explained to him how I was *d я объяснил ему, в каком я нахожусь положении, я объяснил ему ситуацию (американизм) (разговорное) повысить голос( в разговоре, пении) > to * a construction on smth., smb. по-своему понимать, интепретировать что-л., кого-л. > what construction am I to * on that? как прикажете это понимать? > to * one's cards on the table раскрыть свои карты ~ спорт. присудить одно из первых мест;
to be placed прийти к финишу в числе первых трех burial ~ место захоронения place мат.: calculated to five decimal places с точностью до одной стотысячной ~ жилище;
усадьба;
загородный дом;
резиденция;
summer place летняя резиденция;
come down to my place tonight приходи ко мне сегодня вечером ~ сиденье, место (в экипаже, за столом и т. п.) ;
six places were laid стол был накрыт на шесть приборов;
to engage (или to secure) places заказать билеты free ~ свободное место ~ спорт. одно из первых мест (в состязании) ;
to get a place прийти к финишу в числе первых ~ место;
to give place (to smb.) уступить место (кому-л.) ;
to take the place( of smb.) занять (чье-л.) место, заместить (кого-л.) in ~ на месте in ~ уместный ~ горн. забой;
in place of вместо;
in the first (in the second) place вопервых (во-вторых) ;
in the next place затем ~ горн. забой;
in place of вместо;
in the first (in the second) place вопервых (во-вторых) ;
in the next place затем to keep (smb.) in his ~ не давать (кому-л.) зазнаваться;
to take place случаться, иметь место ~ положение, должность, место, служба;
to know one's place знать свое место;
out of place безработный ~ положение, должность, место, служба;
to know one's place знать свое место;
out of place безработный out of ~ не на месте out of ~ неуместный parking ~ место для стоянки place мат.: calculated to five decimal places с точностью до одной стотысячной ~ возлагать (надежды и т. п.) ;
to place confidence (in smb.) довериться (кому-л.) ~ выпускать на рынок ~ город, местечко, селение;
what place do you come from? откуда вы родом? ~ город ~ делать заказ;
to place a call амер. заказать разговор по телефону ~ жилище;
усадьба;
загородный дом;
резиденция;
summer place летняя резиденция;
come down to my place tonight приходи ко мне сегодня вечером ~ жилище ~ горн. забой;
in place of вместо;
in the first (in the second) place вопервых (во-вторых) ;
in the next place затем ~ спорт. занять одно из призовых мест ~ класть деньги на счет ~ кредитовать ~ место;
to give place (to smb.) уступить место (кому-л.) ;
to take the place (of smb.) занять (чье-л.) место, заместить (кого-л.) ~ место ~ место в книге, страница, отрывок ~ населенный пункт ~ спорт. одно из первых мест (в состязании) ;
to get a place прийти к финишу в числе первых ~ определять место, положение, дату;
относить к определенным обстоятельствам ~ определять на должность ~ площадь (в названиях, напр., Gloucester P.) ~ положение, должность, место, служба;
to know one's place знать свое место;
out of place безработный ~ помещать, размещать;
ставить, класть;
to place in the clearest light полностью осветить (вопрос, положение и т. п.) ~ помещать ~ помещать деньги, капитал ~ помещать на должность, устраивать ~ спорт. присудить одно из первых мест;
to be placed прийти к финишу в числе первых трех ~ продавать вновь выпущенные ценные бумаги ~ размещать денежные средства ~ размещать ценные бумаги ~ сбывать (товар) ~ сиденье, место (в экипаже, за столом и т. п.) ;
six places were laid стол был накрыт на шесть приборов;
to engage (или to secure) places заказать билеты ~ делать заказ;
to place a call амер. заказать разговор по телефону ~ возлагать (надежды и т. п.) ;
to place confidence (in smb.) довериться (кому-л.) ~ in bond размещать облигации на рынке ~ in solitary confinement подвергать одиночному заключению ~ in solitary confinement помещать в одиночную камеру ~ помещать, размещать;
ставить, класть;
to place in the clearest light полностью осветить (вопрос, положение и т. п.) ~ of arms воен. плацдарм ~ of arrival пункт прибытия ~ of birth место рождения ~ of business местонахождение предприятия ~ of business местонахождение фирмы ~ of death место смерти ~ of disembarkation место выгрузки ~ of disembarkation место высадки ~ of domicile постоянное место жительства ~ of embarkation место погрузки ~ of embarkation место посадки ~ of employment место работы ~ of employment место службы ~ of entertainment увеселительное заведение ~ of insurance место страхования ~ of issue место выпуска ~ of operation место деятельности ~ of payment место платежа ~ of performance место деятельности ~ of performance местонахождение фирмы ~ of performance of contract место исполнения договора ~ of redemption место погашения ~ of registration место регистрации ~ of residence место жительства ~ of settlement место заключения сделки ~ of shipment место погрузки ~ of signature место подписи ~ of work место работы ~ on equal footing ставить в равные условия ~ on register вносить в список ~ on register регистрировать ~ to account вносить на счет public ~ государственная должность scrolling to distant ~ вчт. прокрутка до нужного места ~ сиденье, место (в экипаже, за столом и т. п.) ;
six places were laid стол был накрыт на шесть приборов;
to engage (или to secure) places заказать билеты ~ жилище;
усадьба;
загородный дом;
резиденция;
summer place летняя резиденция;
come down to my place tonight приходи ко мне сегодня вечером to keep (smb.) in his ~ не давать (кому-л.) зазнаваться;
to take place случаться, иметь место take ~ происходить take ~ случаться take: to ~ place случаться;
to take shelter укрыться;
to take a shot выстрелить ~ место;
to give place (to smb.) уступить место (кому-л.) ;
to take the place (of smb.) занять (чье-л.) место, заместить (кого-л.) there is no ~ like home = в гостях хорошо, а дома лучше;
another place парл. палата лордов training ~ место обучения training ~ место прохождения практики ~ город, местечко, селение;
what place do you come from? откуда вы родом? -
7 FOOL
• Arguing with a fool shows there are two - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)• As the fool thinks, so the bell clinks - Дурни думкой богатеют (Д)• Children and fools cannot lie - Глупый да малый всегда правду говорят (Г)• Children and fools have merry lives - Дураком на свете жить - ни о чем не тужить (Д)• Children and fools speak (tell) the truth - Глупый да малый всегда правду говорят (Г)• Dreams give wings to fools - Дурни думкой богатеют (Д)• Drunken man will get sober, but a fool will never get wise (A) - Пьяница проспится, а дурак - никогда (П)• Drunks sober up, fools remain fools - Пьяница проспится, а дурак - никогда (П)• Even a fool, when he holds his peace, is counted wise - Молчи - за умного сойдешь (M)• Every fool wants to give advice - Умный любит учиться, а дурак учить (У)• Every man has a fool in (up) his sleeve - Безумье и на мудрого бывает (Б), И на Машку бывает промашка (И), И на старуху бывает проруха (И), На всякого мудреца довольно простоты (H)• Fool always finds a bigger fool to praise him (A) - Дурак дурака хвалит (Д)• Fool always finds another fool (А) - Дураку всегда компания найдется (Д)• Fool always rushes to the fore (А) - Глупый ищет большого места (Г), Дурак времени не знает (Д)• Fool and his gold are soon parted (A) - У дурака в горсти дыра (У)• Fool and his money are soon parted (A) - Нет в голове, нет и в мошне (H), Счастье без ума - дырявая сума (C), У дурака в горсти дыра (У)• Fool can ask more questions in a minute than a wise man can answer in an hour (A) - На всякого дурака ума не напасешься (H)• Fool can ask more questions in an hour than a wise man can answer in seven years (A) - На всякого дурака ума не напасешься (H)• Fool can ask questions that wise men cannot answer (A) - На всякого дурака ума не напасешься (H)• Fool doth think he is wise, but the wise man knows himself to be a fool (The) - Умный любит учиться, а дурак учить (У)• Fool is born every minute (A) - Дуракам счету нет (Д), На наш век дураков хватит (H)• Fool is he who deals with a fool - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)• Fool is he who deals with other fools (A) - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)• Fool is known by his conversation (speech) (A) - Дурак сам скажется (Д), Осла знать по ушам, медведя - по когтям, а дурака - по речам (O)• Fool is known by his laughing (A) - Дурак сам скажется (Д), Смех без причины - признак дурачины (C)• Fool is wise in his own conceit (A) - Умный любит учиться, а дурак учить (У), Я не дурак - сказал дурак (Я)• Fool may ask more questions /in an hour/ than a wise man can answer /in seven years/ (A) - На всякого дурака ума не напасешься (H)• Fool may give a wise man counsel (А) - Дурак врет, врет, да и правду скажет (Д), Иной раз и дурак молвит слово в лад (H)• Fool may sometimes speak to the purpose (A) - Дурак врет, врет, да и правду скажет (Д), Иной раз и дурак молвит слово в лад (И)• Fool may throw a stone into a well which a hundred wise men cannot pull out (A) - Глупый поп свенчает, умному не развенчать (Г), Дурак кинет в воду камень, а десять умных не вынут (Д)• Fools and bairns should not see half - done work (things half - done) - Дуракам полработы не показывают (Д)• Fools and children cannot lie - У дурака что на уме, то и на языке (У)• Fools and children speak (tell) the truth - У дурака что на уме, то и на языке (У)• Fools and madmen speak the truth - У дурака что на уме, то и на языке (У)• Fools are born not made - Дурак не дурак, а от роду так (Д), Дураков не сеют, не жнут - сами родятся (Д)• Fools are fain of nothing - Дурни думкой богатеют (Д)• Fools are lucky - Дуракам везет (Д)• Fool's bolt is soon shot (A) - Дурак сам скажется (Д)• Fool's bolt may sometimes hit the mark (A) - Дурак врет, врет, да и правду скажет (Д), Иной раз и дурак молвит слово в лад (И)• Fools build houses and wise men buy them - Дурак дом построил, а умный купил (Д)• Fools build houses for wise men to live in - Дурак дом построил, а умный купил (Д)• Fools cannot hold their tongues - У дурака язык впереди ног бежит (У)• Fools do more hurt in this world than rascals (The) - Простота хуже воровства (П)• Fools for luck - Дуракам везет (Д)• Fools go in crowds - Дуракам счету нет (Д), Дураку всегда компания найдется (Д)• Fools grow of themselves without sowing or planting - Дураков не сеют, не жнут - сами родятся (Д)• Fools grow without watering - Дураков не сеют, не жнут - сами родятся (Д)• Fools have fortune - Дурак спит, а счастье в головах лежит (Д)• Fool's head never grows white (A) - Дураком на свете жить - ни о чем не тужить (Д)• Fools lade the water, and wise men catch the fish - Дурак дом построил, а умный купил (Д)• Fools live poor to die rich - Шуба висит, а тело дрожит (Ш)• Fools make feasts and wise men eat them - Дурак дом построил, а умный купил (Д), Медведь пляшет, а поводырь деньги берет (M)• Fools multiply folly - Глупость заразительна (Г)• Fool's name appears everywhere (is seen in many places) (A) - Глупый ищет большого места (Г)• Fools' names and fools' faces are always seen in public places - Глупый ищет большого места (Г)• Fools need no passport - Дурак сам скажется (Д)• Fools never prosper - Нет в голове, нет и в мошне (H), Счастье без ума - дырявая сума (C), У дурака в горсти дыра (У)• Fools rush in where angels fear to tread - Дуракам закон не писан (Д)• Fools set stools for wise folks to stumble - Глупый поп свенчает, умному не развенчать (Г), Дурак кинет в воду камень, а десять умных не вынут (Д)• Fools set stools for wise men to fall over (to stumble) - Глупый поп свенчает, умному не развенчать (Г), Дурак кинет в воду камень, а десять умных не вынут (Д)• Fools tie knots, and wise men loosen (loose) them - Глупый поп свенчает, умному не развенчать (Г), Дурак кинет в воду камень, а десять умных не вынут (Д)• Fool's tongue runs before his wit (A) - У дурака язык впереди ног бежит (У)• Fool talks when he should be listening (A) - Дурак времени не знает (Д)• Fool talks while a wise man thinks (A) - Глупый болтает, а умный думает (Г)• Fools will be fools /still/ - Дурака учить, что мертвого лечить (Д), Дурак дураком останется (Д), Дураком родился - дураком и помрешь (Д), Пьяница проспится, а дурак - никогда (П)• Fool when he is silent is counted wise (A) - Молчи - за умного сойдешь (M)• Fortune favo(u)rs fools - Дуракам везет (Д), Дурак спит, а счастье в головах лежит (Д)• God sends fortune to fools - Дуракам везет (Д)• Half a fool, half a knave - Дурак-дурак, а себе на уме (K)• He is not the fool that the fool is but he that with the fool deals - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)• He who is born a fool is never cured - Дураком родился - дураком и помрешь (Д)• If all fools wore feathers, we should seem a flock of geese - Дуракам счету нет (Д)• If all fools wore white caps, we'd all look like (we should seem a flock of) geese - Дуракам счету нет (Д), На наш век дураков хватит (H)• If every fool held a bauble, fuel would be dear - Дуракам счету нет (Д)• If you argue with a fool, that makes two fools arguing - Дурак, кто с дураком свяжется (Д)• If you want the truth, go to a child or a fool - Глупый да малый всегда правду говорят (Г)• It's a trifle that makes fools laugh - Дураку все смех на уме (Д), Смех без причины - признак дурачины (C)• It takes a fool to know a fool - Рыбак рыбака видит издалека (P)• Let a fool hold his tongue, and he can pass for a sage - Молчи - за умного сойдешь (M)• Live a fool, die a fool - Дураком родился - дураком и помрешь (Д)• Never joke with a fool - С дураками не шутят (C)• Never show a fool half - done job - Дуракам полработы не показывают (Д)• No man is always a fool, but every man is sometimes - И на старуху бывает проруха (И)• Older the fool, the worse he is (The) - Старые дураки глупее молодых (C)• Old fool is worse than a young fool (An) - Старые дураки глупее молодых (C)• Once a fool, always a fool - Дурак не дурак, а от роду так (Д), Дураком родился - дураком и помрешь (Д)• One fool makes a hundred (many) - Глупость заразительна (Г)• One fool praises another - Дурак дурака хвалит (Д)• Only fools and horses work - От работы кони дохнут (O), Работа дураков любит (P)• Send a fool to France and he'll come a fool back - Ворона за море летала, а умнее не стала (B)• Send a fool to the market, and a fool he'll return - Ворона за море летала, а умнее не стала (B), Каков поехал, таков и приехал (K), Осла хоть в Париж, а он все будет рыж (O)• There is no fool like an (to the) old fool - Седина в голову, а бес в ребро (C), Старые дураки глупее молодых (C)• When a fool has bethought himself, the market's over - После поры не точат топоры (П), После свадьбы в барабаны не бьют (П), Спустя лето в лес по малину не ходят (C)• When a fool has made up his mind, the market has gone by - После поры не точат топоры (П), После свадьбы в барабаны не бьют (П), Спустя лето в лес по малину не ходят (C)• When a fool made up his mind, the market's over - После поры не точат топоры (П), После свадьбы в барабаны не бьют (П), Спустя лето в лес по малину не ходят (C)• Wise men have their mouth in their heart, fools their heart in their mouth - Глупый болтает, а умный думает (Г), Дурак кричит, умный молчит (Д)• Wise men silent, fools talk - Глупый болтает, а умный думает (Г), Дурак кричит, умный молчит (Д)• Wise seek wisdom; the fool has found it (The) - Умный любит учиться, а дурак учить (У)• World is full of fools (The) - Дуракам счету нет (Д), На наш век дураков хватит (H)• You can fool an old horse once, but you can't fool him twice - Старую лису дважды не проведешь (C) -
8 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
9 santo
m.1 saint, saintly man.2 tip.3 Santo.* * *► adjetivo1 (gen) holy, sacred2 (persona) holy, saintly3 familiar (para enfatizar) hell of a, real, right■ recibió una santa bofetada he got a hell of a whack, he got a right whack4 (como título) saint► nombre masculino,nombre femenino1 saint1 (imagen) image of a saint3 (onomástica) saint's day\¿a santo de qué? familiar why on earth?desnudar a un santo para vestir a otro figurado to rob Peter to pay Paulhacer su santa voluntad to do as one damn well pleasesírsele a uno el santo al cielo familiar to slip one's mindllegar y besar el santo familiar as easy as pie, a piece of cakeno es santo de mi devoción familiar I'm not too fond of him, he's not my cup of tea¡por todos los santos! familiar for heaven's sake!quedarse para vestir santos familiar to be left on the shelfel día de Todos los Santos All Saints' DaySanto Oficio Holy Officesanto y seña password————————1 (imagen) image of a saint3 (onomástica) saint's day* * *1. (f. - santa)noun2. (f. - santa)adj.1) holy2) saint* * *santo, -a1. ADJ1) (Rel) [vida, persona] holy; [tierra] consecrated; [persona] saintly; [mártir] blessedsemana2) [remedio] wonderful, miraculous3) [enfático] blessed2. SM / F1) (Rel) saintsanto/a patrón/ona, santo/a titular — patron saint
2)- ¿a santo de qué?- ¿a qué santo?¡que se te va el santo al cielo! — you're miles away!
3) (=persona) saint3. SM1) (=onomástica) saint's daymañana es mi santo — tomorrow is my name day o saint's day
2) [en libro] picture3)santo y seña — (Mil) password
4) Cono Sur (Cos) patch, darnSANTO As well as celebrating their birthday, many Spaniards and Latin Americans celebrate their santo or onomástica. This is the day when the saint whose name they have is honoured in the Christian calendar. It used to be relatively common for newborn babies to be named after the saint on whose day they were born. So a boy born on 25 July (Saint James's day) stood a good chance of being christened "Santiago". The tradition may be dying out now that parents are no longer restricted to names from the Christian calendar. In Spain, as with birthdays, the person whose santo it is normally buys the drinks if they go out with friends.* * *I- ta adjetivo1) (Relig)a) <lugar/mujer/vida> holyb) ( con nombre propio) St, SaintSanto Domingo — Saint Dominic; ver tb San
2) (fam) ( uso enfático)II- ta masculino, femenino1) ( persona) saintpor todos los santos! — for Heaven's o goodness' sake!
¿a santo de qué? — (fam) why on earth? (colloq)
darse de santos — (Méx fam) to think oneself lucky (colloq)
desnudar a un santo para vestir a otro — to rob Peter to pay Paul
no es santo de mi/tu/su devoción — he/she is not my/your/his favorite person
quedarse para vestir santos — to be left on the shelf
se me/le fue el santo al cielo — it went right out of my/his head
ser llegar y besar el santo — (fam) ( ser rápido) to be incredibly quick; ( ser fácil)
•• Cultural note:no te creas que fue llegar y besar el santo — don't think it was just handed to me/him on a plate
Most first names in Spanish-speaking countries are those of saints. A person's santo, (also known as onomástico in Latin America and onomástica in Spain) is the saint's day of the saint that they are named for. Children were once usually named for the saint whose day they were born on, but this is less common now* * *I- ta adjetivo1) (Relig)a) <lugar/mujer/vida> holyb) ( con nombre propio) St, SaintSanto Domingo — Saint Dominic; ver tb San
2) (fam) ( uso enfático)II- ta masculino, femenino1) ( persona) saintpor todos los santos! — for Heaven's o goodness' sake!
¿a santo de qué? — (fam) why on earth? (colloq)
darse de santos — (Méx fam) to think oneself lucky (colloq)
desnudar a un santo para vestir a otro — to rob Peter to pay Paul
no es santo de mi/tu/su devoción — he/she is not my/your/his favorite person
quedarse para vestir santos — to be left on the shelf
se me/le fue el santo al cielo — it went right out of my/his head
ser llegar y besar el santo — (fam) ( ser rápido) to be incredibly quick; ( ser fácil)
•• Cultural note:no te creas que fue llegar y besar el santo — don't think it was just handed to me/him on a plate
Most first names in Spanish-speaking countries are those of saints. A person's santo, (also known as onomástico in Latin America and onomástica in Spain) is the saint's day of the saint that they are named for. Children were once usually named for the saint whose day they were born on, but this is less common now* * *santo11 = saint.Ex: The same person cannot be both a man and a woman, a saint and a sinner, a stay-at-home and an explorer, an ancient Roman and a modern Russian.
* acabar con la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint, try + the patience of a saint.* adoración de los santos = saint worship.* desvestir a un santo para vestir a otro = rob Peter to pay Paul.* Día de Todos los Santos = All Saints' Day.* día de un santo = saint's day.* efecto del santo = halo effect.* írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = it + go + right/straight out of + Posesivo + mind.* írsele a Uno el santo al cielo = lose + track of time.* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = try + the patience of a saint.* poner a prueba la paciencia de un santo = test + the patience of a saint.* Posesivo + santo = Posesivo + saint's day.* santo Job = Saint Job.* santo y seña = shibboleth.* tener la paciencia del santo Job = have + the patience of Job.* tener la paciencia de un santo = have + the patience of a saint.* tener más paciencia que el santo Job = have + the patience of Job.* tener más paciencia que un santo = have + the patience of a saint.santo22 = holy [holier -comp., holiest -sup.], saintly [saintlier -comp., santiliest -sup,].Ex: The title of the article is 'More holy men than learned: impressions from Indian manuscript libraries'.
Ex: All people, regardless of how saintly or naughty, merited a notice of their important contributions or personal characteristics.* ¡Cielo Santo! = Good heavens!.* Día de los (Santos) Inocentes, el = April Fools' Day.* hombre santo = holy man.* Jueves Santo = Maundy Thursday, Holy Thursday.* Sábado Santo = Holy Saturday.* Sábana Santa de Turín, la = Shroud of Turin, the.* Sábana Santa, la = Shroud, the, Holy Shroud, the.* Santa Claus = Father Christmas, Santa Claus.* Santa Hermandad, la = Holy Order, the.* Santa Sede = Holy See.* ¡Santo Cielo! = Good heavens!.* ¡Santo Dios! = goodness gracious.* Santo Domingo = Santo Domingo.* santo grial = holy grail.* santo patrón = patron saint.* Santo Sepulcro, el = Holy Sepulchre, the.* santo varón = holy man.* todo el santo día = all day long.* Viernes Santo = Good Friday.* * *A ( Relig)1 ‹lugar/mujer/vida› holyla santa misa holy massla Santa Madre Iglesia the Holy Mother Churchlos santos mártires the blessed martyrstu abuelo, que fue un santo varón your grandfather, who was a saintly man o a saintfue un hombre santo y bueno he was a good and saintly man2 (con nombre propio) St, SaintSanta Teresa/Rosa Saint Theresa/RosaSanto Domingo/Tomás Saint Dominic/ThomasCompuestos:feminine Holy Alliancela Santoa Sede the Holy Seemasculine Blessed Sacramentmasculine Second Comingesperar a algn/algo como al Santo Advenimiento to wait impatiently for sb/sthmasculine Holy Grailmasculine Holy Officemasculine Holy Fathermasculine patron saintmpl Holy Innocents (pl)mpl holy places (pl)mpl holy oils (pl)B ( fam)siempre tenemos que hacer su santa voluntad we always have to do what he wantsmasculine, femininesanto (↑ santo a1)A (persona) saintimágenes de santos images of saintsse ha portado como una santa she's been a little angelno te hagas el santo don't act o come over all virtuousse necesita una paciencia de santo para ese trabajo you need the patience of a saint to do that kind of worktu madre es una santa your mother's a saintla fiesta de todos los Santos All Saints' (Day)¡por todos los santos! for Heaven's o goodness' sake!¿a qué santo tuviste que ir a decírselo? why on earth did you have to go and tell him?cada uno or cada cual para su santo ( fam): nada de pagar tú todo, cada uno para su santo you're not footing the bill, everyone can pay for themselves o pay their sharetrabaja cada cual para su santo everyone is just working for themselvescomerse los santos ( fam); to be very holycon el santo de espaldas ill-starred, unluckydesnudar or desvestir a un santo para vestir a otro to rob Peter to pay Paulni tanto que queme al santo, ni tanto que no lo alumbre ( Col); try to strike a happy mediumno es santo de mi/tu/su devoción he/she is not my/your/his favorite personquedarse para vestir santos to be left on the shelfse me/le fue el santo al cielo it went right out of my/his headser llegar y besar el santo ( fam): no te creas que fue llegar y besar el santo don't think it was just handed to me/him on a plate o that it just fell into my/his lapte/le sienta como a un santo un par de pistolas ( fam hum); it looks awful on you/him o it doesn't suit you/him at allCompuesto:passwordBMost first names in Spanish-speaking countries are those of saints. A person's santo, (also known as onomástico in Latin America and onomástica in Spain) is the saint's day of the saint that they are named for. Children were once usually named for the saint whose day they were born on, but this is less common now.* * *
Multiple Entries:
S.
Sto.
santo
S. (◊ santo) St
Sto. (Santo) St
santo -ta adjetivo
1 (Relig)
ver tb San
2 (fam) ( uso enfático) blessed;
■ sustantivo masculino, femenino
1 ( persona) saint;
no te hagas el santo don't come over all virtuous;
santo y seña password
2
( cumpleaños) (esp AmL) birthday
santo,-a
I adjetivo
1 Rel (lugar, hecho, vida, etc) holy
2 (persona canonizada) Saint
Santo Tomás, Saint Thomas
3 acabó haciendo su santa voluntad, he ended up doing just as he wanted
familiar todo el santo día, the whole blessed day
II m,f (persona muy buena) saint
III sustantivo masculino (onomástica) es mi santo, it's my saint's day o name day
♦ Locuciones: se me/le fue el santo al cielo, it went straight out of my/his head
quedarse para vestir santos, familiar to be left on the shelf
tener/no tener el santo de cara, to be very lucky/unlucky
¿a santo de qué?, why on earth?
Mil ¡santo y seña!, password
familiar (conseguir algo a la primera) llegar y besar el santo, to pull sthg off at the first attempt
' santo' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
bendita
- bendito
- cielo
- devoción
- espíritu
- jueves
- S.
- sábado
- san
- santa
- santidad
- santificar
- Santo Domingo
- veladora
- dios
- San
- Sto.
- viernes
English:
Friday
- god
- good
- Good Friday
- grief
- holy
- mile
- patron saint
- rob
- saint
- saintly
- shrine
- tea
- watchword
- gracious
- inquisition
* * *santo, -a♦ adj1. [sagrado] holyel Santo Advenimiento the Second Coming; Hist la Santa Alianza the Holy Alliance;la santa cena the Last Supper;el Santo Grial the Holy Grail;los Santos Inocentes the Holy Innocents;los santos lugares the holy places;la Santa Madre Iglesia the Holy Mother Church;el Santo Oficio the Holy Office;el Santo Padre the Holy Father;Am santo patrono patron saint;los santos sacramentos the Sacraments;la Santa Sede the Holy See2. [virtuoso] saintly;su padre era un santo varón her father was a saintly manMéx, Ven Santa Clos Santa Claus;Santa María Saint Mary;Santo Tomás Saint ThomasSanta Elena Saint Helena;Santo Tomé São Tomé;Santo Tomé y Príncipe São Tomé and Príncipetodo el santo día all day long;no paró de nevar en todo el santo día it went on snowing all day long;el teléfono lleva sonando toda la santa mañana the damn phone hasn't stopped ringing all morning;él siempre hace su santa voluntad he always does whatever he damn well likesesta infusión es cosa santa this herbal tea works wonders♦ nm,fsaint;su madre era una santa her mother was a saintsanto patrón patron saint;santa patrona patron saint♦ nm1. [onomástica] saint's day;hoy es su santo it's his saint's day today5. Comp¿a santo de qué? why on earth?, for what earthly reason?;¿a santo de qué me llamas a casa? why on earth are you calling me at home?;desnudar a un santo para vestir a otro to rob Peter to pay Paul;se le fue el santo al cielo he completely forgot;llegar y besar el santo: fue llegar y besar el santo, nos dieron el permiso a los dos días it couldn't have been easier, we got the licence within two days;fue llegar y besar el santo, marcó a los dos minutos de su debut he was an instant success, he scored within two minutes of his debut;no es santo de mi devoción he's not my cup of tea;¡por todos los santos! for heaven's sake!;quedarse para vestir santos to be left on the shelf;tener el santo de cara to have luck on one's side* * *I adj holyII m, santa f saint;¿a santo de qué? fam what on earth for? fam ;no es santo de mi devoción fam I don’t like him very much, he isn’t my favorite o Brfavourite person;quedarse para vestir santos fam be left on the shelf;tener el santo de cara be incredibly lucky, have the luck of the devil;tener el santo de espaldas have no luck at all;fue llegar y besar el santo fam everything fell into his lap;se me ha ido el santo al cielo fam it has gone right out of my head;dormir como un santo sleep like a baby o a log;Todos los Santos All Saints’ (Day)III m ( onomástica) saint’s day* * *santo, -ta adj1) : holy, saintlyel Santo Padre: the Holy Fatheruna vida santa: a saintly life2)Santa Clara: Saint ClaireSanto Tomás: Saint ThomasSan Francisco: Saint Francissanto, -ta n: saintsanto nm1) : saint's day2) cumpleaños: birthday* * *santo1 adj2. (antes de nombre) Saintsanto2 n1. (persona) saint2. (día) saint's day -
10 cambio
m.1 change.se ha producido un cambio de situación the situation has changed, there has been a change in the situationa las primeras de cambio at the first opportunitycambio de domicilio change of addresscambio horario = putting clocks back or forward one hour (bianual)cambio de gobierno change of governmentcambio de sentido U-turn2 exchange (intercambio).a cambio (de) in exchange o return (for)no pido nada a cambio I'm not asking for anything back o in return3 change (monedas).nos hemos quedado sin cambio(s) we're out of change¿tiene cambio de cinco mil? have you got change of o for five thousand?quédese con el cambio keep the change4 price (finance) (de acciones).5 substitution, change (sport) (sustitución).hacer un cambio to make a substitution o changepres.indicat.1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: cambiar.* * *1 change, changing2 (intercambio) exchange, exchanging3 (dinero suelto) change, loose change; (vuelta) change■ ¿me puedes dar cambio de cien euros? can you change a hundred euros?4 (acciones) price, quotation; (divisas) exchange rate5 (tren) switch6 AUTOMÓVIL gear change\a cambio de in exchange fora las primeras de cambio figurado at the first opportunityen cambio on the other hand, but, whereas■ tú no puedes cantar, en cambio él sí you can't sing, but he cancaja de cambio AUTOMÓVIL gearboxcambio automático AUTOMÓVIL automatic transmissioncambio de la guardia changing of the guardcambio de planes change of planscasa de cambio bureau de changelibre cambio free trade* * *noun m.1) change2) alteration3) exchange, swap•- a cambio- en cambio* * *SM1) (=variación) changeel entrenador ha hecho ya tres cambios en lo que va de partido — the coach has already made three substitutions o changes so far in the match
estamos en la época de cambio entre el otoño y el invierno — we are in the changeover period between autumn and winter
•
siempre nos veíamos durante el cambio de clase — we always used to meet in the break between classes•
un cambio para mejor/peor — a change for the better/worsecambio de agujas — (Ferro) points junction, switch junction (EEUU)
cambio de gobierno — [completo] change of government; [parcial] reshuffle
cambio de línea — (Inform) line feed
cambio de marchas — (=acción) gear change; (=mecanismo) gear stick, gearshift (EEUU)
cambio de opinión — change of opinion, turn in opinion
cambio de página — (Inform) form feed
cambio de rasante, prohibido adelantar en un cambio de rasante — no overtaking on the brow of a hill
cambio de tercio — (Taur) change of stage ( in a bullfight)
cambio de velocidades — = cambio de marchas
cambio de vía — (Ferro) points pl, switches pl (EEUU)
hacer el cambio de vía — to go through the points o switches
2) (=intercambio) exchange, swap *hicimos un cambio de coche — we exchanged cars, we swapped cars *
3) (Econ)a) (=dinero suelto) change¿tienes cambio de 50 euros? — do you have change for 50 euros?, can you change 50 euros?
b) [de moneda extranjera] (=tipo) exchange rateCambio — Bureau de Change, Change
4)• a cambio — in return, in exchange
"admitimos su coche usado a cambio" — "cars taken in part exchange", "trade-ins accepted"
•
a cambio de — in return for, in exchange forreclamaba dinero a cambio de su silencio — he demanded money in return o exchange for keeping quiet (about it)
5)• en cambio — whereas
yo nunca llego a tiempo, en cambio ella es muy puntual — I never arrive on time, whereas she is very punctual
¿pero qué ha sucedido en cambio? — but instead, what has happened?
* * *1)a) (alteración, modificación) changecambio de algo — <de planes/domicilio> change of something
un cambio de aires or ambiente — a change of scene
a la primera de cambio — (fam) at the first opportunity
b) (Auto) gearshift (AmE), gear change (BrE)meta el cambio — (AmL) put it in gear
un coche con cinco cambios — (AmL) a car with a five-speed gearbox
2)a) ( canje) exchangeb) (en locs)a cambio (de) — in exchange (for), in return (for)
en cambio: a él le gusta a mí en cambio no he likes it but I don't; el autobús es agotador, en cambio el tren es muy agradable — the bus is exhausting; the train however o on the other hand is very pleasant
3)a) (Fin) ( de moneda extranjera) exchange¿a cómo está el cambio? — what's the exchange rate?
cambio — bureau de change, change
al cambio del día — at the current exchange rate; libre I 1)
b) ( diferencia) changec) ( dinero suelto) change¿tienes cambio de mil? — can you change a thousand pesetas?
* * *1)a) (alteración, modificación) changecambio de algo — <de planes/domicilio> change of something
un cambio de aires or ambiente — a change of scene
a la primera de cambio — (fam) at the first opportunity
b) (Auto) gearshift (AmE), gear change (BrE)meta el cambio — (AmL) put it in gear
un coche con cinco cambios — (AmL) a car with a five-speed gearbox
2)a) ( canje) exchangeb) (en locs)a cambio (de) — in exchange (for), in return (for)
en cambio: a él le gusta a mí en cambio no he likes it but I don't; el autobús es agotador, en cambio el tren es muy agradable — the bus is exhausting; the train however o on the other hand is very pleasant
3)a) (Fin) ( de moneda extranjera) exchange¿a cómo está el cambio? — what's the exchange rate?
cambio — bureau de change, change
al cambio del día — at the current exchange rate; libre I 1)
b) ( diferencia) changec) ( dinero suelto) change¿tienes cambio de mil? — can you change a thousand pesetas?
* * *cambio11 = adaptive response, alteration, change, editing, modulation, move, recasting, redesign, rotation, shift, transfer, transformation, changeover [change-over], disturbance, mutation, permeability, reformation, switchover, reverse, shift away from, shifting, changing of the guard, swing, bartering, switch, switching, change.Ex: It is too early to assess the success of the adaptive responses which have been instituted in most SLIS.
Ex: A musical adaptation is a musical work that represents a distinct alteration of another work (e.g. a free transcription), a work that paraphrases parts of various works or the general style of another composer, or a work that is merely based on other music (e.g. variations on a them).Ex: These changes have meant modifications, some very time-consuming, to serials catalogues in libraries.Ex: To ensure further that all the index entries generated by chain procedure are indeed helpful, the initial analysis of the chain may require editing.Ex: There is little modulation, whole steps of division being short-circuited and an odd assembly of terms being frequently found: e.g.: LAW see also JURY, JUDGES.Ex: Better flexibility is achieved if the heating, ventilation and lighting can accommodate this move without the need for any alterations.Ex: This kind of large-scale recasting offers an opportunity for the scheme to go forward rather than stagnate until it is completely taken by events.Ex: This action was the redesign of the enquiry form in order to elicit more information from the enquirer.Ex: The entries that result from the rotation mechanism have standard layout, punctuation and typography, all of which have been pre-programmed.Ex: Transitory circumstances of daily life are what cause these shifts.Ex: When the record transfer is complete, the catalog summary screen is shown for the new record so that the user can review and update it.Ex: Hungary faces far-reaching socio-economic transformation which will inevitably affect libraries as well.Ex: The changeover has resulted in more rapid machine-editing of input and reduced costs for cataloguing.Ex: A centralised system was chosen to ensure speedy receipt and dissemination with minimal disturbances.Ex: The very meanings of words like 'library' and 'university' are about to undergo mutations too radical to conceive, much less predict = Los significados mismos de palabras como "biblioteca" y "universidad" están a punto de experimentar cambios demasiado radicales de concevir y cuanto mucho menos de predecir.Ex: There is greater permeability than before between different types of library at the start of a career but, once settled in a post, fewer librarians than before change from one type of library to another.Ex: The author presents suggestions for the reformation of medical library education.Ex: The transition date for the switchover is 1 Oct 2000.Ex: Moreover, we conclude that the process of placing a feminist stamp on working relations is both far from complete and subject to reverses.Ex: This article discusses the effects of changes in the economy on the distribution of work in libraries which indicate a shift away from its female origins.Ex: This article considers the use of a spreadsheet in the shifting of periodicals collections in order to save time.Ex: The recent reorganization has resulted in a merger of the academic and public divisions and a changing of the guard among the company's top officials.Ex: The addition of new feedback techniques produced a significant swing in favour of the application.Ex: Holdings will become increasingly important as a bartering tool to gain additional access benefits.Ex: Office automation have brought about a switch to a paperless office.Ex: These 'spuriously loyal' customers are not willing to churn just because of switching costs.Ex: Most libraries maintain a small cash float for the giving of change and, in addition, money/ is received in payment of fines.* a cambio = in return.* a cambio de = in exchange for, in return for.* a cambio de nada = for nothing.* aceptar el cambio = embrace + change.* aceptar un cambio = accommodate + change.* adaptarse al cambio = accommodate to + change, adapt to + change.* adaptarse a los cambios = flow with + the tides.* adoptar un cambio = adopt + change, accommodate + change.* agente de cambio = agent of(for) change, force for change, force of change.* agente del cambio = change agent.* aires de cambio = wind(s) of change, the, seas of change, the.* cambio a = flight to.* cambio brusco = revulsion, flip-flop.* cambio brusco de velocidad del viento = wind shear.* cambio climático = climate change, climatic change.* cambio cualitativo = step change, qualitative change.* cambio cuantitativo = quantitative change.* cambio cultural = cultural change.* cambio de actitud = change in attitude, change of heart.* cambio de aires = change of scenery, change of air and scene, change of air, change of scene, greener pastures, pastures new.* cambio de ambiente = change of scenery, change of air and scene, change of air, change of scene.* cambio de aspecto = lick of paint.* cambio de ciudadanía = change of citizenship.* cambio de dirección = change of hands.* cambio de dueño = change of hands.* cambio de énfasis = shift of emphasis, shift in emphasis.* cambio de entorno = change of scenery, change of air and scene, change of air, change of scene.* cambio de hora estacional = daylight saving time.* cambio de idea = change of heart, change of mind.* cambio de imagen = makeover [make-over], makeover [make-over].* cambio de instalación eléctrica = rewiring.* cambio de la guardia = changing of the guard.* cambio de look = lick of paint.* cambio de lugar = relocation.* cambio de manos = change of hands.* cambio de mirada = gaze-shift.* cambio demográfico = population trend.* cambio de nacionalidad = change of citizenship.* cambio de nombre = rebranding.* cambio de opinión = change of heart, change of mind.* cambio de orientación = paradigm change, paradigm shift.* cambio de paradigma = paradigm change, paradigm shift.* cambio de parecer = change of heart, change of mind.* cambio de procedimiento = procedural change.* cambio de propietario = change of hands.* cambio de proveedor = churn.* cambio de registro = code switching.* cambio de residencia = resettlement.* cambio de servicio = churn.* cambio de sexo = sex change.* cambio de título = title change.* cambio escénico = scene changing.* cambio estacional = seasonal change.* cambio hormonal = hormonal change.* cambio inesperado = twist.* cambio institucional = institutional change.* cambio metereológico = weather modification.* cambio + ocurrir = change + take place.* cambio + producirse = change + come about.* cambio profundo = profound change.* cambio radical = revulsion, sea change, radical change.* cambio radical de postura = about-face.* cambio revolucionario = revolutionary change.* cambios = second thoughts, ebb and flow.* cambio social = social change, societal change.* cambio + suceder = change + take place.* cambio + tener lugar = change + take place.* cambio total = turnabout [turn-about], turnaround.* cambio transformador = transformative change, transforming change.* cambio traumático = traumatic change.* cambio vertiginoso = spiral of change.* clima de cambio = climate of change.* efectuar cambios = wreak + changes.* efectuar un cambio = effect + change.* elemento de cambio = agent of(for) change.* en cambio = by contrast, in contrast, instead, shifting, by comparison.* en constante cambio = ever-changing [ever changing], ever-fluid, on the move, fast changing [fast-changing], ever-shifting.* en continuo cambio = constantly shifting, ever-changing [ever changing], ever-shifting.* en estado de cambio = in a state of flux.* enfrentarse a los cambios = cope with + change.* en proceso de cambio = changing.* estado de cambio = state of flux.* estar en estado de cambio = be in flux.* estar en proceso de cambio = be in flux.* estar sujeto a cambios = be written in sand, not stone, be subject to change.* experimentar un cambio = bring about + change, undergo + modification, undergo + change, undergo + transition.* experimentar un cambio + Adjetivo = take + a + Adjetivo + turn.* hacer cambios en la búsqueda = renegotiate + search.* hacer cambios indebidamente = tamper (with).* hacer el cambio = make + the change.* hacer frente al cambio = manage + change.* hacer frente a un cambio = meet + change.* hacer un cambio = make + change.* impulsor del cambio = driver of change.* introducir un cambio = bring + change.* libre cambio = laissez-faire.* línea internacional de cambio de fecha, la = International Date Line, the.* lograr un cambio = accomplish + change.* los constantes cambios de = the changing face of, the changing nature of.* momento clave del cambio = tipping point.* moneda de cambio = bargaining chip.* mostrar por medio de cambio de intensidad en el brillo = flash up.* motor del cambio = driver of change.* no hacer ningún cambio = stand + pat.* no sufrir cambios = remain + normal.* ocasionar un cambio = bring about + change, trigger + change.* operación de cambio de sexo = sex-change surgery, sex-change operation.* permanecer sin cambios = remain + unchanged.* proceso de cambio = process of change.* producir un cambio = effect + change, produce + change, trigger + change.* provocar cambios = wreak + changes.* provocar un cambio = bring about + change.* reacio al cambio = resistant to change.* realizar un cambio = make + alteration, implement + change.* repercusiones del cambio = impact of change.* resistente al cambio = resistant to change.* ritmo del cambio = rate of change, pace of change.* ser susceptible de cambios = be subject to change.* sin cambio = inviolate.* sin cambios = monotone, stable, undisturbed, unchanged, unmodified, unaltered, unedited.* subsidio para cambio de residencia = resettlement allowance.* suceder un cambio = occur + change.* sucesión de cambios bruscos = roller coaster ride, roller coaster.* sufrir un cambio = experience + change, undergo + change.* suponer un cambio = bring about + change.* trabajar a cambio de nada = work for + nothing.cambio22 = loose change.Ex: Forget climate change, voters want more loose change.
* bolsa de cambio = stock exchange.* cambio de divisas = currency rate, currency exchange.* cambio de moneda = exchange rate, foreign exchange, currency exchange rate, market rate of exchange, foreign exchange rate, currency rate, rate of exchange, currency exchange.* letra de cambio = bill of exchange.* oficina de cambio = exchange office, currency exchange bureau, exchange bureau.* tipo de cambio = exchange rate, rate of exchange.* variación de los tipos de cambio = exchange rate change.cambio33 = gear, derailleur.Nota: De bicicleta.Ex: Their products were charming and much less expensive than American clockwork toys because they used tinplate gears rather than brass.
Ex: There is a front and a rear derailleur on most modern bikes.* palanca de cambio = shifter.* * *A1 (alteración, modificación) changeel cambio que ha tenido lugar en él the change he has undergonecambio DE algo:un brusco cambio de temperatura a sudden change in temperaturelo que tú necesitas es un cambio de aires or ambiente what you need is a change of sceneha habido un cambio de planes there's been a change of planuna operación de cambio de sexo a sex-change operationcambio de uso del suelo change of land use ( in urban planning)hacer un cambio to change gearmeta el cambio ( AmL); put it in gearun coche con cinco cambios ( AmL); a car with a five-speed gearboxCompuestos:climate changechange of addressscene changechange of guard, changing of the guardaudiblebrow of a hillaudible( Auto) junctionB1 (canje) exchangecreo que has salido perdiendo con el cambio I think you've lost out in the deal[ S ] no se admiten cambios ni devoluciones goods cannot be exchanged or returned2 ( en locs):a cambio in exchange, in returna cambio de in exchange for, in return forestoy dispuesto a hacerlo a cambio de un pequeño favor I'm prepared to do it in exchange o in return for a small favordaría cualquier cosa a cambio de un poco de paz I'd do anything for a bit of peaceen cambio: a él le parece espléndido; a mí, en cambio, no me gusta he thinks it's wonderful, but personally I don't like itel viaje en autobús es agotador, en cambio irse en tren es muy agradable the bus journey is exhausting whereas o but if you go by train it's very pleasant, the bus journey is exhausting; if you go by train, however o on the other hand, it is very pleasantC1 ( Fin) (de moneda extranjera) exchangecambio de divisas foreign exchange¿a cómo está el cambio? what's the exchange rate?[ S ] cambio bureau de change, changeal cambio del día at the current exchange rate2 (diferencia) changequédese con el cambio keep the changeme ha dado mal el cambio he's given me the wrong change3 (dinero menudo) change¿tienes cambio de diez? can you change ten euros?necesito cambio para el teléfono I need some change for the telephoneCompuestos:daily exchange rate o rate of exchangeforeign exchange* * *
Del verbo cambiar: ( conjugate cambiar)
cambio es:
1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo
cambió es:
3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo
Multiple Entries:
cambiar
cambio
cambiar ( conjugate cambiar) verbo transitivo
1
b) (de lugar, posición):
cambié las flores de florero I put the flowers in a different vase
cambiole el nombre a algo to change the name of sth
e) (Fin) to change;
cambié 100 libras a or (Esp) en dólares I changed 100 pounds into dollars
2 ( canjear) ‹sellos/estampas› to swap, to trade (esp AmE);
cambio algo por algo ‹sellos/estampas› to swap o (esp AmE) trade sth for sth;
‹ compra› to exchange o change sth for sth;◊ ¿quieres que te cambie el lugar? do you want me to swap o change places with you?
verbo intransitivo
le está cambiando la voz his voice is breakingb) (Auto) to change gear
◊ cambio de avión/tren to change planes/train
cambio de sentido to make (AmE) o (BrE) do a U-turn
cambiarse verbo pronominal
cambiose de algo ‹de camisa/zapatos› to change sth;
cambiose de casa to move house;
cámbiate de camisa change your shirtc) cambiose por algn to change places with sb
cambio sustantivo masculino
1
cambio de algo ‹de planes/domicilio› change of sth;
un cambio de aire(s) or ambiente a change of scene
cambio de sentido U-turn
2
( on signs) no se admiten cambios goods cannot be exchangedb) ( en locs)
en cambio: el viaje en autobús es agotador, en cambio en tren es muy agradable the bus journey is exhausting;
by train however o on the other hand is very pleasant
3
¿a cómo está el cambio? what's the exchange rate?;
( on signs) cambio bureau de change, change
cambiar
I verbo transitivo
1 to change
2 (cromos, etc) to swap, (en un comercio) exchange
3 (un tipo de moneda por otro) to change
II verbo intransitivo to change
cambiar de casa, to move (house)
cambiar de idea, to change one's mind
cambiar de sitio, to move
cambiar de trabajo, to get another job
cambiar de velocidad, to change gear
cambio sustantivo masculino
1 change
(de opinión) shift
un cambio de impresiones, an exchange of opinions
2 (del dinero) change: ¿tienes cambio de cinco mil?, have you got change for five thousand?
3 Fin (de la moneda extranjera) exchange
(de unas acciones) price
4 Auto gear change
cambio automático, automatic transmission
cambio de rasante, brow of a hill
♦ Locuciones: a cambio de, in exchange for
a las primeras de cambio, at the firsl opportunity
en cambio, on the other hand: él es muy engreído, en cambio ella es muy dulce, he's really conceited; on the other hand she is very sweet
' cambio' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abrupta
- abrupto
- aguantar
- aire
- alteración
- apreciarse
- benéfica
- benéfico
- biombo
- brutal
- desplazamiento
- experimentar
- girar
- imponerse
- inflexión
- letra
- oscilación
- por
- primera
- primero
- radical
- semblante
- sensible
- tipo
- vaivén
- viraje
- vuelta
- acelerar
- acentuado
- apreciable
- apresurar
- brusco
- cambiar
- cara
- cerrado
- efectuar
- feria
- guardia
- idea
- importante
- inevitable
- lado
- libre
- nuevo
- observar
- operar
- opinión
- producir
- quedar
- rápido
English:
abrupt
- adjustment
- alarmed
- alteration
- bare
- better
- change
- chapter
- conversely
- department
- displacement
- distinct
- draft
- dramatic
- dramatically
- drastic
- euro
- exchange
- exchange rate
- fall
- float
- gearshift
- gearstick
- instead
- intend
- into
- likely
- major
- make
- modification
- occur
- protection money
- rate
- refreshing
- refreshingly
- return
- reversal
- round
- sex change
- shift
- short-change
- slight
- small change
- subject
- substantial
- sudden
- swap for
- sweep
- sweeping
- swing
* * *♦ nm1. [alteración, modificación] change;vivimos una época de grandes cambios we live in times of great change;cambio de actitud change in attitude;cambio de gobierno change of government;cambio radical turnabout, turnround;cambio de tiempo change in the weather;ha ganado con el cambio de trabajo he has benefited from changing jobs;con el cambio de política hemos perdido todos we have all lost out as a result of the change in policy;se ha producido un cambio de situación the situation has changed, there has been a change in the situation;el cambio al sistema métrico ha sido muy sencillo the changeover to the metric system has been very straightforward;tu hijo ha pegado un cambio tremendo your son has really changed;a las primeras de cambio at the first opportunity;abandonó la carrera a las primeras de cambio she dropped out of the race almost as soon as it had started o shortly after it had started;cayeron eliminados a las primeras de cambio they fell at the first hurdlecambio climático climate change; Ling cambio de código code switching;cambio de domicilio change of address;cambio de escena Teatro scene change;Fig change of scene;cambio generacional: [m5] el partido necesita un cambio generacional urgente the party is in urgent need of a new generation of leaders;este joven pintor es un ejemplo del cambio generacional en marcha this young man is one of the new generation of painters who are coming to dominate the artistic scene;cambio de guardia [ceremonia] changing of the guard;cambio horario [bianual] = putting clocks back or forward one hour;cambio hormonal hormonal change;cambio de imagen image change;el cambio de milenio the end of the millennium;cambio de rasante brow of a hill;cambio de sentido U-turn;cambio de sexo sex change;Der cambio de tribunal change of venue; Ferroc cambio de vía Br points, US switch2. [reemplazo, trueque] exchange;durante las rebajas no se admiten cambios while the sales are on, goods may not be exchanged;a cambio (de) in exchange o return (for);no pido nada a cambio I'm not asking for anything back o in return;se admite su vieja lavadora a cambio we will take your old washing machine in part exchange;te dejo el coche a cambio de que lo laves I'll let you use my car if you wash it for meAut cambio de aceite oil change;cambio de impresiones exchange of views;Quím cambio iónico ion exchange;cambio de papeles role reversal3. [monedas, billetes] change;¿tiene cambio? have you got any change?;¿tiene cambio de 5.000? have you got change for o Br of 5,000?;nos hemos quedado sin cambio(s) we're out of change;quédese con el cambio keep the change;me ha dado el cambio incorrecto she gave me the wrong change[de divisas] exchange rate;ha bajado el cambio del peso the (exchange rate of the) peso has fallen;los valores eléctricos han mantenido el cambio share prices in the electricity companies have remained steady;¿a cuánto está el cambio de la libra? what's the exchange rate for the pound?cambio base base rate;cambio extranjero foreign exchange;cambio medio average exchange rate;cambio oficial official exchange ratecambio automático automatic transmission;cambio de marchas [acción] gear change;[palanca] Br gear stick, US gear shift;cambio sincronizado [en bicicleta] indexed gear;cambio de velocidades [acción] gear change;[palanca] Br gear stick, US gear shifthacer un cambio to make a substitution o change;el equipo visitante ha pedido (hacer un) cambio the away team want to make a substitution o change;el jugador lesionado pidió el cambio al entrenador the injured player signalled to the manager that he wanted to come off♦ interjRad¡cambio (y corto)! over!;¡cambio y cierro! over and out!♦ en cambio loc adv[por otra parte] on the other hand, however; [en su lugar] instead;ellos no pueden ayudarnos, en cambio tú sí they can't help us, but o whereas you can;éste me gusta, en cambio este otro es feo I like this one, but this other one is horrible* * *m1 change;cambio de domicilio change of address;cambio de aires change of scene;cambio de turno change of shift;cambio de aceite AUTO oil change;2 COM exchange rate;el cambio del día the day’s (exchange) rate;libre cambio COM free trade3 ( suelto):¿tiene cambio? do you have change?4:no se admiten cambios goods will not be exchanged5 en locuciones:a cambio de in exchange for;en cambio on the other hand* * *cambio nm1) : change, alteration2) : exchange3) : change (money)4)en cambio : instead5)en cambio : however, on the other hand* * *cambio n1. (en general) change¿tienes cambio? have you got any change?2. (divisas) exchange rate -
11 sisto
sisto, stĭti (Charis. p. 220, and Diom. p. 369, give steti for both sisto and sto, confining stiti to the compounds of both. But steti, as perfect of sisto, is late jurid. Lat., and perh. dub.;I.for steterant,
Verg. A. 3, 110;steterint,
id. ib. 3, 403; Liv. 8, 32, 12, belong to stare; cf. also Gell. 2, 14, 1 sqq.; and v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 461 sq.), stătum [root stă, strengthened by reduplication; cf. histêmi], used in two general senses, I. To cause to stand, place, = colloco, pono; II. To stand, be placed, = sto.Sistere, in gen., = collocare (in class. prose only in the partic. uses, v. A. 4. C. and D., infra).A.Causative, with acc.1.To place = facere ut stet; constr. with in and abl., with abl. alone, and with ad, super, etc., and acc.:2.O qui me gelidis in vallibus Haemi Sistat,
Verg. G. 2, 489:tertia lux classem Cretaeis sistet in oris,
id. A. 3, 117 (classis stat;v. sto): inque tuo celerem litore siste gradum,
Ov. H. 13, 102 (cf. infra, III. 2. A.):jaculum clamanti (al. clamantis) sistit in ore,
plants the dart in his face, Verg. A. 10, 323:disponit quas in fronte manus, medio quas robore sistat,
Stat. Th. 7, 393:(equum ligneum) sacratā sistimus arā,
Verg. A. 2, 245:aeternis potius me pruinis siste,
Stat. Th. 4, 395: ut stata (est) lux pelago, as soon as light was set ( shone) on the sea, id. ib. 5, 476:victima Sistitur ante aras,
Ov. M. 15, 132:quam (suem) Aeneas ubi... sistit ad aram,
Verg. A. 8, 85:post haec Sistitur crater,
Ov. M. 8, 669: vestigia in altero (monte) sisti (non posse), that no footprints can be placed ( made) on the other mountain, Plin. 2, 96, 98, § 211:cohortes expeditas super caput hostium sistit,
Tac. H. 3, 77; cf. id. A. 12, 13; Stat. Th. 4, 445; Sil. 4, 612. —To place, as the result of guidance or conveyance; hence, to convey, to send, lead, take, conduct to, = facere ut veniat; constr. with in and abl., with abl. alone, and with advv. of place: officio meo ripā sistetur in illā Haec, will be carried by me to, etc., Ov. M. 9, 109:3.terrā sistēre petitā,
id. ib. 3, 635:(vos) facili jam tramite sistam,
Verg. A. 6, 676:ut eum in Syriā aut Aegypto sisterent orabat,
to convey him to, Tac. H. 2, 9.—So with hic (= in with abl.) or huc (= in with acc.):hic siste patrem,
Sen. Phoen. 121:Annam huc siste sororem,
Verg. A. 4, 634.—To place an army in order of battle, draw up, = instruere:4.aciem in litore sistit,
Verg. A. 10, 309; cf.:sistere tertiam decimam legionem in ipso aggere jubet,
Tac. H. 3, 21.—Se sistere = to betake one's self, to present one's self, to come (so twice in Cicero's letters):5.des operam, id quod mihi affirmasti, ut te ante Kal. Jan., ubicumque erimus, sistas,
Cic. Att. 3, 25:te vegetum nobis in Graeciā sistas,
id. ib. 10, 16, 6 (cf. infra, E.):hic dea se primum rapido pulcherrima nisu Sistit,
Verg. A. 11, 853.—With two acc. (cf.: praesto, reddo) = to cause to be in a certain condition, to place, etc.; often with dat. of interest (ante- and post-class., and poet.; cf.b.supra, 4.): ego vos salvos sistam,
I will place you in safety, see you to a safe place, Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 5:omnia salva sistentur tibi,
all will be returned to you in good order, id. ib. 5, 3, 3; so,suam rem sibi salvam sistam,
id. Poen. 5, 2, 123; cf.:rectius tacitas tibi res sistam, quam quod dictum est mutae mulieri,
will keep your secrets, id. ib. 4, 2, 54:neque (dotem) incolumem sistere illi, et detraxe autument,
that you deliver it entire to her, id. Trin. 3, 3, 15:cum te reducem aetas prospera sistet,
Cat. 64, 238: tu modo servitio vacuum me siste (= praesta) superbo, set me free from, Prop. 4, 16 (3, 17), 42:tutum patrio te limine sistam,
will see you safe home, Verg. A. 2, 620:praedā onustos triumphantesque mecum domos reduces sistatis,
Liv. 29, 27, 3 Weissenb. ad loc.:Pelasgis siste levem campum,
Stat. Th. 8, 328:modo se isdem in terris victorem sisterent,
Tac. A. 2, 14:operā tuā sistas hunc nobis sanum atque validum,
give him back to us, safe and sound, Gell. 18, 10, 7: ita mihi salvam ac sospitem rempublicam sistere in suā sede liceat, Aug. ap. Suet. Aug. 28.—Neutr, with double nom., = exsistere, to be, to become: judex extremae sistet vitaeque necisque, he will become a judge, etc., Manil. 4, 548 (dub.):B.tempora quod sistant propriis parentia signis,
id. 3, 529 (dub.; al. sic stant; cf. infra, II.).—As neuter verb, to stand, rest, be placed, lie ( poet.);C.constr. like sto: ne quis mihi obstiterit obviam, nam qui obstiterit, ore sistet,
will lie on his face, Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 13 Brix ad loc.: (nemo sit) tantā gloriā... quin cadat, quin capite sistat, will be placed or stand on his head, id. Curc. 2, 3, 8:ibi crebro, credo, capite sistebant cadi,
id. Mil. 3, 2, 36 Lorenz (Brix, hoc illi crebro capite):ipsum si quicquam posse in se sistere credis,
to rest upon itself, Lucr. 1, 1057:neque posse in terrā sistere terram,
nor can the earth rest upon itself, id. 2, 603:at conlectus aquae... qui lapides inter sistit per strata viarum,
id. 4, 415:incerti quo fata ferant, ubi sistere detur,
to rest, to stay, Verg. A. 3, 7; cf.:quaesitisque diu terris, ubi sistere detur,
Ov. M. 1, 307. —As jurid. term.1.In both a causative and neuter sense = to produce in court, or to appear in court after being bound over by the judge or by promise to the adversary (vadimonium); constr. either absol. or with the dat. of the adversary to whom the promise is made (alicui sisti), to appear upon somebody's demand; also, in judicio sisti. The present active is either used reflexively (se sistere = to appear), or with a transitive object (sistere aliquem = to produce in court one in whose behalf the promise has been made). The present passive, sisti, sistendus, sistitur, = to appear or to be produced. The perfect act., stiti, stitisse, rarely the perfect passive, status sum, = to have appeared, I appeared. So in all periods of the language:2.cum autem in jus vocatus fuerit adversarius, ni eo die finitum fuerit negotium, vadimonium ei faciendum est, id est ut promittat se certo die sisti,
Gai. 4, 184:fit ut Alfenus promittat, Naevio sisti Quinctium,
that Quinctius would be forthcoming upon Naevius's complaint, Cic. Quint. 21, 67; cf. id. ib. 8, 30 (v. infra, B.):testificatur, P. Quinctium non stitisse, et se stitisse,
id. ib. 6, 25:quin puellam sistendam promittat (= fore ut puella sistatur in judicio),
Liv. 3, 45, 3:interrogavit quisquam, in quem diem locumque vadimonium promitti juberet, et Scipio manum ad ipsam oppidi, quod obsidebatur, arcem protendens: Perendie sese sistant illo in loco,
Gell. 7, 1, 10:si quis quendam in judicio sisti promiserit, in eādem causā eum debet sistere,
Dig. 2, 11, 11:si servum in eādem causā sistere promiserit, et liber factus sistatur,... non recte sistitur,
ib. 2, 9, 5:sed si statu liberum sisti promissum sit, in eādem causā sisti videtur, quamvis liber sistatur,
ib. 2, 9, 6:cum quis in judicio sisti promiserit, neque adjecerit poenam si status non esset,
ib. 2, 6, 4:si quis in judicio secundum suam promissionem non stitit,
ib. 2, 11, 2, § 1; cf. ib. 2, 5, 1; 2, 8, 2; 2, 11, 2, § 3.—Vadimonium sistere, to present one's self in court, thus keeping the solemn engagement (vadimonium) made to that effect; lit., to make the vadimonium stand, i. e. effective, opp. deserere vadimonium = not to appear, to forfeit the vadimonium. The phrase does not occur in the jurists of the Pandects, the institution of the vadimonium being abolished by Marcus Aurelius. It is found in the following three places only: quid si vadimonium capite obvoluto stitisses? Cat. ap. Gell. 2, 14, 1: ut Quinctium sisti Alfenus promitteret. Venit Romam Quinctius;D.vadimonium sistit,
Cic. Quint. 8, 30:ut nullum illa stiterit vadimonium sine Attico,
Nep. Att. 9; Gai. 4, 185; cf. diem sistere under status, P. a. infra.—Transf., out of judicial usage, in gen., = to appear or present one's self, quasi ex vadimonio; constr. absol. or with dat. of the person entitled to demand the appearance:E.ubi tu es qui me vadatus's Veneriis vadimoniis? Sisto ego tibi me, et mihi contra itidem ted ut sistas suadeo (of a lover's appointment),
Plaut. Curc. 1, 3, 5; so,tibi amatorem illum alacrem vadimonio sistam,
produce, App. M. 9, p. 227, 14:nam promisimus carnufici aut talentum magnum, aut hunc hodie sistere,
Plaut. Rud. 3, 4, 73:vas factus est alter ejus sistendi, ut si ille non revertisset, moriendum esset sibi,
Cic. Off. 3, 10, 45. —Fana sistere, acc. to Festus anciently used, either = to place ( secure and fix places for) temples in founding a city, or to place the couches in the lectisternia:F.sistere fana, cum in urbe condendā dicitur, significat loca in oppido futurorum fanorum constituere: quamquam Antistius Labeo, in commentario XV. juris pontificii ait fana sistere esse lectisternia certis locis et diebus habere,
Fest. p. 267 Lind. To this usage Plaut. perh. alludes:apud illas aedis sistendae mihi sunt sycophantiae,
the place about that house I must make the scene of my tricks, Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 25.—Sistere monumenta, etc., or sistere alone, to erect statues, etc. (= statuere; post-class. and rare;II.mostly in Tac.): ut apud Palatium effigies eorum sisteret,
Tac. A. 15, 72:cum Augustus sibi templum sisti non prohibuisset,
id. ib. 4 37:at Romae tropaea de Parthis arcusque sistebantur,
id. ib. 15, 18:monuere ut... templum iisdem vestigiis sisteretur,
id. H. 4, 53:sistere monumenta,
Aus. Ep. 24, 55: Ast ego te... Carthaginis arce Marmoreis sistam templis (cf. histanai tina), Sil. 8, 231; v. statuo.Sistere = to cause what is tottering or loose to stand firm, to support or fasten; and neutr., to stand firm.A.Causative (rare;B.perh. not in class. prose) = stabilire: sucus... mobilis (dentes) sistit,
Plin. 20, 3, 8, § 15; and trop.: hic (Marcellus) rem Romanam magno turbante tumultu Sistet (cf.: respublica stat;v. sto),
Verg. A. 6, 858; cf.:non ita civitatem aegram esse, ut consuetis remediis sisti posset,
Liv. 3, 20, 8 (where sisti may be impers.; v. infra, III. C.).—Neutr., to stand firm, to last, = stare:2.nec mortale genus, nec divum corpora sancta Exiguom possent horai sistere tempus,
Lucr. 1, 1016: qui rem publicam sistere negat posse, nisi ad equestrem ordinem judicia referantur, Cotta ap. Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 96, § 223.—Neutr., to stand firm, to resist:III.nec quicquam Teucros Sustentare valet telis, aut sistere contra,
Verg. A. 11, 873; so with dat. = resistere:donec Galba, inruenti turbae neque aetate neque corpore sistens, sella levaretur,
Tac. H. 1, 35; cf. sisti = resistere, III. B. 1. f. infra.Sistere = to stand still, and to cause to stand still.A.Neutr. = stare (rare; in Varr., Tac., and the poets).a.To stand still:b.solstitium dictum est quod sol eo die sistere videatur,
Varr. L. L. 5, p. 53 (Bip.):sistunt amnes,
Verg. G. 1, 479:incurrit, errat, sistit,
Sen. Herc. Oet. 248.—To remain, stop:c.Siste! Quo praeceps ruis?
Sen. Thyest. 77; id. Oedip. 1050:vis tu quidem istum intra locum sistere?
will you remain in that position? Tac. A. 4, 40.—Trop., to stop, not to go any farther:d.depunge, ubi sistam,
Pers. 6, 79:nec in Hectore tracto sistere,
to stop at the dragging of Hector, Stat. Achill. 1, 7.—To cease (dub.):B.hactenus sistat nefas' pius est,
if his crime ceases here, he will be pious, Sen. Thyest. 744 (perh. act., to stop, end).—Causative (not ante-Aug.; freq. in Tac., Plin., and the poets).1. a.With gradum:b.plano sistit uterque gradum,
arrest their steps, Prop. 5 (4), 10, 36; Verg. A. 6, 465:siste properantem gradum,
Sen. Herc. Fur. 772:repente sistunt gradum,
Curt. 4, 6, 14. —With pedem, Ov. R. Am. 80.—With fugam, to stop, stay, check, stem, arrest the flight:c.fugam foedam siste,
Liv. 1, 12, 5:si periculo suo fugam sistere posset,
id. 30, 12, 1; so Curt. 8, 14, 37; 4, 16, 2; 8, 3, 2; Tac. A. 12, 39.—Of vehicles, horses, etc.:d. e.esseda siste,
Prop. 2, 1, 76:equos,
Verg. A. 12, 355:quadrijugos,
Stat. Achill. 2, 429; so id. Th. 5, 364.—With bellum, to halt (cf. infra, D.):f.Aquilejae sisti bellum expectarique Mucianum jubebat,
Tac. H. 3, [p. 1712] 8.—Of living objects, in gen.(α).To arrest their course, make them halt:(β).aegre coercitam legionem Bedriaci sistit,
Tac. H. 2, 23:festinantia sistens Fata,
staying the hurrying Fates, Stat. S. 3, 4, 24.—So, se sistere with ab, to desist from:non prius se ab effuso cursu sistunt,
Liv. 6, 29, 3; hence, to arrest by wounding, i. e. to wound or kill:aliquem cuspide,
Sil. 1, 382; 1, 163; so,cervum vulnere sistere,
id. 2, 78.—To stop a hostile attack of persons, to resist them, ward them off:g.ut non sisterent modo Sabinas legiones, sed in fugam averterent,
Liv. 1, 37, 3:ibi integrae vires sistunt invehentem se jam Samnitem,
id. 10, 14, 18:nec sisti vis hostium poterat,
Curt. 5, 3, 11:nec sisti poterant scandentes,
Tac. H. 3, 71; 5, 21. —Trop., to stop the advance of prices:2.pretia augeri in dies, nec mediocribus remediis sisti posse,
Tac. A. 3, 52.—To arrest the motion of fluids.a.Of water:b.sistere aquam fluviis,
Verg. A. 4, 489:amnis, siste parumper aquas,
Ov. Am. 3, 6, 2:quae concita flumina sistunt,
id. M. 7, 154:sistito infestum mare,
calm, Sen. Agam. 523; cf. Ov. M. 7, 200; id. H. 6, 87; Plin. 28, 8, 29, § 118.—Of blood and secretions:3. 4.(ea) quibus sistitur sanguis parari jubet,
Tac. A. 15, 54:sanguinem,
Plin. 20, 7, 25, § 59; 28, 18, 73, § 239; 27, 4, 5, § 18:haemorrhoidum abundantiam,
id. 27, 4, 5, § 19:fluctiones,
id. 20, 8, 27, § 71, 34, 10, 23, § 105; 35, 17, 57, § 195:nomas,
id. 30, 13, 39, § 116; 24, 16, 94, § 151:mensis,
id. 23, 6, 60, § 112:vomitiones,
id. 20, 20, 81, § 213:alvum bubus,
id. 18, 16, 42, § 143:alvum,
stop the bowels, id. 23, 6, 60, § 113; 22, 25, 59, § 126; 20, 5, 18, § 37:ventrem,
id. 20, 23, 96, § 256; Mart. 13, 116.—To end, put an end to (= finem facere alicui rei); pass., to cease:5.querelas,
Ov. M. 7, 711:fletus,
id. ib. 14, 835:lacrimas,
id. F. 1, 367; 480; 6, 154:minas,
id. Tr. 1, 2, 60:opus,
id. H. 16 (17), 266; id. M. 3, 153:labores,
id. ib. 5, 490:furorem,
Stat. Th. 5, 663:furialem impetum,
Sen. Med. 157; id. Agam. 203:pace tamen sisti bellum placet,
Ov. M. 14, 803:antequam summa dies spectacula sistat,
id. F. 4, 387:sitim sistere,
to allay, id. P. 3, 1, 18:nec primo in limine sistit conatus scelerum,
suppresses, Stat. S. 5, 2, 86:ruinas,
to stop destruction, Plin. Pan. 50, 4:ventum,
to ward off, turn the wind, id. Ep. 2, 17, 17;(motus terrae) non ante quadraginta dies sistuntur, = desinunt,
Plin. 2, 82, 84, § 198.—Sistere with intra = to confine, keep within:C.transgresso jam Alpes Caecina, quem sisti intra Gallias posse speraverant,
Tac. H. 2, 11:dum populatio lucem intra sisteretur,
provided the raids were confined to day-time, id. A. 4, 48. —Impers. and trop., to arrest or avoid an impending misfortune, or to stand, i. e. to endure; generally in the form sisti non potest (more rarely: sisti potest) = it cannot be endured, a disaster cannot be avoided or met (once in Plaut.; freq. in Liv.; sometimes in Tac.; cf., in gen., Brix ad Plaut. Trin. 720; Drak. ad Liv. 3, 16, 4; Weissenb. ad Liv. 2, 29, 8; Gronov. ad Liv. 4, 12, 6; Beneke ad Just. 11, 1, 6).1.Without a subject, res or a noun of general import being understood:2.quid ego nunc agam, nisi ut clipeum ad dorsum accommodem, etc.? Non sisti potest,
it is intolerable, Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 94:totam plebem aere alieno demersam esse, nec sisti posse nisi omnibus consulatur,
Liv. 2, 29, 8:si domestica seditio adiciatur, sisti non posse,
the situation will be desperate, id. 45, 19, 3:si quem similem priore anno dedissent, non potuisse sisti,
id. 3, 9, 8:vixque concordiā sisti videbatur,
that the crisis could scarcely be met, even by harmonious action, id. 3, 16, 4:qualicunque urbis statu, manente disciplinā militari sisti potuisse,
these evils were endurable, id. 2, 44, 10: exercitum gravi morbo affectari, nec sisti potuisse ni, etc., it would have ended in disaster, if not, etc., id. 29, 10, 1:qui omnes populi si pariter deficiant, sisti nullo modo posse,
Just. 11, 1, 6 Gronov. ad loc.; cf. Liv. 3, 20, 8 supra, II. A. 1.— Rarely with a subject-clause understood: nec jam sisti poterat, and it was no longer tolerable, i. e. that Nero should disgrace himself, etc., Tac. A. 14, 14.—Rarely with quin, to prevent etc. (pregn., implying also the stopping of something; cf.A.supra, III. B. 1.): neque sisti potuit quin et palatium et domus et cuncta circum haurirentur (igni),
Tac. A. 15, 39.—Hence, stătus, a, um, P. a., as attribute of nouns, occurs in several conventional phrases, as relics of archaic usage.Status (condictusve) dies cum hoste, in the XII. Tables, = a day of trial fixed by the judge or agreed upon with the adversary;B.esp., a peregrinus (= hostis),
Cic. Off. 1, 12, 37. It presupposes a phrase, diem sistere, prob.=vadimonium sistere (v. supra, I. C. 2.). Such an appointment was an excuse from the most important public duties, even for soldiers from joining the army, Cinc. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 4.—Hence, transf.: si status condictus cum hoste intercedit dies, tamen est eundum quo imperant,
i. e. under all circumstances we must go, Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 5.—In certain phrases, appointed, fixed, regular (cf. statutus, with which it is often confounded in MSS.):C.status dies: tres in anno statos dies habere quibus, etc.,
Liv. 39, 13, 8:stato loco statisque diebus,
id. 42, 32, 2; so id. 5, 52, 2; 27, 23 fin.:stato lustri die,
Sen. Troad. 781:status sacrificii dies,
Flor. 1, 3, 16:statum tempus, statā vice, etc.: lunae defectio statis temporibus fit,
Liv. 44, 37 init.; so id. 28, 6, 10:stato tempore,
Tac. A. 12, 13; id. H. 4, 81; Plin. 11, 37, 65, § 173:stata tempora (partus),
Stat. Achill. 2, 673:adeo in illā plagā mundus statas vices temporum mutat,
Curt. 8, 19, 13; so id. 9, 9, 9; 5, 1, 23; so, feriae, etc.: feriae statae appellabantur quod certo statutoque die observarentur, Paul. ex Fest. p. 69 Lind.:stata quinquennia,
Stat. S. 5, 3, 113:stata sacra or sacrificia: stata sacrificia sunt quae certis diebus fieri debent,
Fest. p. 264 Lind.:proficiscuntur Aeniam ad statum sacrificium,
Liv. 40, 4, 9; 23, 35, 3; 5, 46, 2; 39, 13, 8; Cic. Mil. 17, 45:solemne et statum sacrificium (al. statutum),
id. Tusc. 1, 47, 113; so Liv. 23, 35, 3:stata sacra,
Ov. F. 2, 528; Stat. Th. 1, 666:stata foedera,
id. ib. 11, 380:status flatus,
Sen. Ben. 4, 28:stati cursus siderum,
Plin. 18, 29, 69, § 291 (different: statae stellae = fixed stars, Censor. D. N. 8, belonging to II. 2. supra): statae febres, intermittent fevers, returning regularly, Plin. 28, 27, 28, § 107.—Moderate, average, normal:inter enim pulcherrimam feminam et deformissimam media forma quaedam est, quae et a nimio pulcritudinis periculo et a summo deformitatis odio vacat, qualis a Q. Ennio perquam eleganti vocabulo stata dicitur...Ennius autem eas fere feminas ait incolumi pudicitia esse quae statā formā forent,
Gell. 5, 11, 12 -14 (v. Enn. Trag. p. 133 Vahl.). -
12 take
1. [teık] n1. 1) захват, взятие; получение2) шахм. взятие ( фигуры)2. 1) сл. выручка, барыши; сбор ( театральный)2) получка3. 1) улов ( рыбы)2) добыча ( на охоте)4. 1) аренда ( земли)2) арендованный участок5. разг. популярная песенка, пьеса6. мед. проф. хорошо принявшаяся прививка7. полигр. «урок» наборщика8. кино снятый кадр, кинокадр, дубль9. мед. пересадка ( кожи)10. запись (на пленку и т. п.)♢
give and take - а) взаимные уступки, компромисс; б) обмен любезностями; обмен шутками, колкостями, пикировка2. [teık] v (took; taken)on the take - корыстный, продажный
I1. брать; хвататьto take a pencil [a sheet of paper, a spade] - взять карандаш [лист бумаги, лопату]
to take smth. in one's hand - взять что-л. в руку
to take smb.'s hand, to take smb. by the hand - взять кого-л. за руку
to take smb. in one's arms - а) брать кого-л. на руки; б) обнимать кого-л.
to take smb.'s arm - взять кого-л. под руку
to take smth. in one's arms - взять что-л. в руки; схватить что-л. руками
to take smb. to one's arms /to one's breast/ - обнимать кого-л., прижимать кого-л. к груди
to take smb. by the shoulders - взять /схватить/ кого-л. за плечи
to take smb. by the throat - взять /схватить/ кого-л. за горло /за глотку/
to take smth. between one's finger and thumb - взять что-л. двумя пальцами
to take smth. (up) with a pair of tongs - взять что-л. щипцами
to take smth. on one's back - взвалить что-л. на спину
take a sheet of paper from /out of/ the drawer - возьми лист бумаги из ящика стола
take your bag off the table - снимите /уберите, возьмите/ сумку со стола
take this table out of the room - уберите /вынесите/ этот стол из комнаты
2. 1) захватывать; овладевать, завоёвыватьto take a fortress [a town] (by storm) - брать крепость [город] (штурмом)
to take prisoners - захватывать /брать/ пленных
he was taken prisoner - его взяли /он попал/ в плен
he was taken in the street - его взяли /арестовали/ на улице
2) ловитьa rabbit taken in a trap - заяц, попавшийся в капкан
he managed to take the ball (off the bat) - ему удалось поймать мяч (с биты)
to take smb. in the act - застать кого-л. на месте преступления
to take smb. by surprise /off his guard, unawares/ - захватить /застигнуть/ кого-л. врасплох
to take smb. at his word - поймать кого-л. на слове
4) уносить, сводить в могилуpneumonia took him - воспаление лёгких свело его в могилу, он умер от воспаления лёгких
3. 1) присваивать, брать (без разрешения)who has taken my pen? - кто взял мою ручку?
he takes whatever he can lay his hands on - он пользуется (всем), чем только может, он берёт всё, что под руку подвернётся
he is always taking other people's ideas - он всегда использует /присваивает себе/ чужие мысли, он всегда пользуется чужими мыслями
2) (from) отбирать, забиратьthey took his dog from him - они у него забрали /отобрали/ собаку
4. 1) пользоваться; получать; приобретатьto take a taxi - брать такси [см. тж. II А 2]
to take one's part - взять свою часть /долю/ [ср. тж. III А 2)]
to take a quotation from Shakespeare [from a book] - воспользоваться цитатой из Шекспира [из книги], взять цитату из Шекспира [из книги]
to take a holiday - а) взять отпуск; when are you taking your holiday? - когда ты идёшь в отпуск?; б) отдыхать; you must take a holiday - вам надо отдохнуть; I am taking a holiday today - я сегодня отдыхаю /не работаю/; сегодня у меня свободный день
he lived in my house and took my care and nursing - он жил у меня и принимал мои заботы и уход (как должное)
2) выбиратьhe took the largest piece of cake - он взял себе самый большой кусок пирога
to take any means to do smth. - использовать любые средства, чтобы сделать что-л.
which route shall you take? - какой дорогой вы пойдёте /поедете/?
she is old enough to take her own way - она достаточно взрослая, чтобы самой выбрать свой собственный путь
3) покупатьI take bread here - я покупаю /беру/ хлеб здесь
you will take - 2 lbs. - купишь /возьмёшь/ два фунта (чего-л.)
I shall take it for $3 - я возьму /куплю/ это за три доллара
4) выигрывать; брать, битьto take a bishop - взять /побить/ слона ( в шахматах)
he took little by that move - этот ход /шаг/ мало помог /мало что дал/ ему
5) юр. вступать во владение, наследоватьaccording to the will he will take when of age - согласно завещанию он вступит во владение (имуществом) по достижении совершеннолетия
5. 1) доставать, добыватьto take the crop - убирать /собирать/ урожай
2) взимать, собирать; добиваться уплатыto take contributions to the Red Cross - собирать пожертвования в пользу Красного Креста
3) получать, зарабатывать6. 1) принимать (что-л.); соглашаться (на что-л.)to take an offer [presents] - принимать предложение [подарки]
to take £50 for the picture - взять /согласиться на/ пятьдесят фунтов за картину
how much less will you take? - на сколько вы сбавите цену?, сколько вы уступите?
take what he offers you - возьми /прими/ то, что он тебе предлагает
I'll take it - ладно, я согласен
I will take no denial - отказа я не приму; не вздумайте отказываться
to take smb.'s orders - слушаться кого-л., подчиняться кому-л.
I am not taking orders from you - я вам не подчиняюсь, я не буду выполнять ваши приказы; ≅ вы мне не указчик
to take a wager /a bet/ - идти на пари
to take a dare /a challenge/ - принимать вызов
2) получатьtake that (and that)! - получай!, вот тебе!
7. воспринимать, реагироватьto take smth. coolly [lightly] - относиться к чему-л. спокойно /хладнокровно/ [несерьёзно /беспечно/]
to take smth. to heart - принимать что-л. (близко) к сердцу
I wonder how he will take it - интересно, как он к этому отнесётся
I can't take him [his words] seriously - я не могу принимать его [его слова] всерьёз, я не могу серьёзно относиться к нему [к его словам]
he took the joke in earnest - он не понял шутки, он принял шутку всерьёз
he is really kind-hearted if you take him the right way - он, в сущности, добрый человек, если (конечно) правильно его воспринимать
this is no way to take his behaviour - на его поведение нужно реагировать не так
take it easy! - а) не волнуйся!; б) смотри на вещи проще!; в) не усердствуй чрезмерно!
to take things as they are /as one finds them, as they come/ - принимать вещи такими, какие они есть
to take smth. amiss /ill, in bad part/ - обижаться на что-л.
you must not take it ill of him - вы не должны сердиться на него; он не хотел вас обидеть
to take kindly to smb. - дружески /тепло/ отнестись к кому-л. принять участие в ком-л.
he took kindly to the young author - он принял участие в начинающем писателе, он «пригрел» начинающего писателя
to take smth. kindly - благожелательно /доброжелательно/ отнестись к чему-л.
I should take it kindly if you would answer my letter - я буду вам очень благодарен, если вы ответите на моё письмо
8. 1) понимать; толковатьI take your meaning - я вас понимаю, я понимаю, что вы хотите сказать
I [don't] take you - уст. я вас [не] понимаю, я [не] понимаю, что вы хотите сказать
how did you take his remark? - как вы поняли его замечание?
to take smb. in the wrong way - неправильно понять кого-л.
your words may be taken in a bad sense - ваши слова можно истолковать дурно /превратно/
2) полагать, считать; заключатьto take the news to be true /as true/ - считать эти сведения верными /соответствующими действительности/
what time do you take it to be? - как вы думаете /как по-вашему/, сколько сейчас времени?
how old do you take him to be? - сколько лет вы ему дадите?
I take it that we are to wait here [to come early] - надо полагать /я так понимаю/, что мы должны ждать здесь [прийти рано]
let us take it that it is so - предположим, что это так
3) верить; считать истинным(you may) take it from me that he means what he says - поверьте мне, он не шутит /к тому, что он говорит, надо отнестись серьёзно/
take it from me!, take my word for it - можете мне поверить; уж я-то знаю!, можете не сомневаться!
we must take it at that - ничего не поделаешь, приходится верить
9. охватывать, овладеватьhis conscience takes him when he is sober - когда он трезв, его мучают угрызения совести
what has taken the boy? - что нашло на мальчика?
he was taken with a fit of coughing [of laughter] - на него напал приступ кашля [смеха]
to be taken ill /bad/ - заболеть
10. 1) захватывать, увлекать; нравитьсяto take smb.'s fancy - а) поразить чьё-л. воображение; the story took my fancy - рассказ поразил моё воображение; б) понравиться; her new novel took the fancy of the public - её новый роман понравился читателям
I was not taken with him - он мне не понравился, он не произвёл на меня (большого) впечатления
he was very much taken with the idea - он очень увлёкся этой мыслью, он был весь во власти этой идеи
2) иметь успех, становиться популярным (тж. take on)the play didn't take (with the public) - пьеса не имела успеха (у публики)
11. записывать, регистрировать, протоколироватьto take dictation - а) писать под диктовку; б) писать диктант
12. 1) снимать, фотографироватьto take a photograph of a tower - сфотографировать башню, сделать снимок башни
he liked to take animals - он любил фотографировать /снимать/ животных
2) выходить, получаться на фотографииhe does not take well, he takes badly - он плохо выходит /получается/ на фотографии; он нефотогеничен
13. использовать в качестве примераtake the French Revolution - возьмите /возьмём/ (например) Французскую революцию
take me for example - возьмите меня, например
14. вмешатьthis car takes only five - в этой машине может поместиться только пять человек
the typewriter takes large sizes of paper - в эту (пишущую) машинку входит бумага большого формата
15. 1) требовать; отниматьit takes time, means and skill - на это нужно время, средства и умение
the stuff takes sixty hours in burning - это вещество сгорает за шестьдесят часов
how long will it take you to translate this article? - сколько времени уйдёт у вас на перевод этой статьи?
it took him three years to write the book - ему потребовалось три года, чтобы написать книгу [ср. тж. 2)]
this trip will take a lot of money - на эту поездку уйдёт /потребуется/ много денег
it takes some pluck to do our work - для нашей работы требуется немало мужества
it took four men to hold him - потребовалось четыре человека, чтобы его удержать
it would take volumes to relate - нужны тома, чтобы это рассказать
it takes a lot of doing - разг. это сделать довольно трудно, это не так-то просто сделать
the work took some doing - работа потребовала усилий, работа попалась нелёгкая
it took some finding [explaining] - разг. это было трудно найти /разыскать/ [объяснить]
he has everything it takes to be a pilot - у него есть все (необходимые) качества (для того), чтобы стать лётчиком
she's got what it takes - разг. она очень привлекательна, она нравится мужчинам
2) требовать, нуждатьсяhe took two hours to get there - ему потребовалось два часа, чтобы добраться туда; дорога туда отняла у него два часа
wait for me, I won't take long - подожди меня, я скоро освобожусь
he took three years to write /in writing/ the book - ему потребовалось три года, чтобы написать книгу [ср. тж. 1)]
3) требовать ( грамматической формы)a plural noun takes a plural verb - существительное во множественном числе требует глагола /употребляется с глаголом/ во множественном числе
16. (in, on) цепляться (за что-л.); застревать, запутываться (в чём-л.)17. жениться; выходить замужshe wouldn't take him - она не хотела выходить за него замуж, она ему упорно отказывала
he took to wife Jane Smith - уст. он взял в жёны Джейн Смит
18. с.-х. приниматьthe cow [the mare] took the bull [the stallion] - корова [кобыла] приняла быка [жеребца]
19. 1) приниматьсяbefore the graft has taken - до тех пор, пока прививка не принялась
2) действовать; приниматьсяthe vaccination did not take - оспа не привилась /не принялась/
the medicine seems to be taking - лекарство, кажется, подействовало
3) держаться, закрепляться, оставатьсяthis ink does not take on glossy paper - этими чернилами нельзя писать на глянцевой бумаге
20. начинаться, расходиться, набирать силу21. 1) амер. схватываться, замерзать2) тех. твердеть, схватываться22. разг. становиться, делатьсяto take sick - заболеть, захворать; приболеть
II А1. 1) принимать (пищу, лекарство)to take an early breakfast [dinner] - рано позавтракать [пообедать]
will you take tea or coffee? - вы будете пить чай или кофе?
do you take sugar in your tea? - вы пьёте чай с сахаром?
I cannot take whiskey - я не могу пить /не выношу/ виски
he can't take his drink - разг. он не умеет пить
he can take his drink - разг. у него крепкая голова, он может много выпить
that's all he ever takes - это всё, что он ест
to take medicine [pills, sleeping powders] - принимать лекарство [пилюли, снотворное]
I must take smth. for my headache - мне нужно принять что-л. от головной боли
to be (well) shaken before taking - перед употреблением взбалтывать ( надпись на этикетке лекарства)
to be taken - принимать внутрь, для внутреннего употребления ( надпись на этикетке лекарства)
2) нюхать ( табак)3) клевать, брать ( приманку)the fish doesn't take (the bait /the hook/) - рыба не клюёт
2. ездить (на автобусе, такси и т. п.)to take a tram [a taxi] - поехать на трамвае [на такси] [см. тж. I 4, 1)]
3. 1) снимать, арендовать ( помещение)they've taken the large hall for the conference - они сняли большой зал для конференции
2) нанимать, приглашать (рабочих и т. п.)to take smb. as a servant - взять кого-л. в качестве слуги
he took me into partnership - он сделал меня своим компаньоном, он принял /пригласил/ меня в долю
he has been taken into the Air Ministry - его взяли /приняли на работу/ в министерство авиации
3) брать (постояльцев и т. п.)to take pupils [lodgers] - брать учеников [постояльцев]
which magazines and newspapers do you take? - какие журналы и газеты вы выписываете?
5. 1) принимать (руководство, обязанности и т. п.); нести (ответственность и т. п.)to take control - брать в свои руки руководство /управление/
to take charge of smb., smth. - взять на себя заботу о ком-л., чём-л.; осуществлять контроль /надзор/ за кем-л., чем-л.
when I go away she is to take charge of the children - когда я уеду, она будет заботиться о детях
I don't want to take the blame for what he did - я не хочу отвечать за то, что сделал он; ≅ он виноват, пусть он и отвечает /расхлёбывает/
I shall take it upon myself to convince him - я беру /возьму/ на себя (задачу) убедить его
2) вступать (в должность и т. п.)3) получать (степень и т. п.)to take a degree - получить учёную степень, стать магистром или доктором наук
to take holy orders - принять духовный сан, стать священником
6. занимать ( место)to take a front [a back] seat - садиться спереди [сзади] [ср. тж. ♢ ]
take a seat! - садитесь!
take the chair - садитесь /сядьте/ на (этот) стул [ср. тж. ♢ ]
take your seats! - занимайте места! (в поезде и т. п.)
7. держаться, двигаться (в каком-л. направлении)to take (a little) to the right - брать /держаться/ (немного) правее
take this street until you come to the big yellow house, then take the first street to the right, go another 100 yards and take the turning on the left - идите по этой улице до большого жёлтого дома, затем сверните в первую улицу направо, пройдите ещё сто ярдов и сверните (за угол) налево
8. занимать ( позицию); придерживаться (мнения, точки зрения и т. п.)to take the attitude of an outsider - занять позицию (стороннего) наблюдателя
if you take this attitude we shall not come to an agreement - если вы так будете к этому относиться, мы не договоримся /не придём к соглашению/
to take a strong stand - решительно настаивать на своём, упорно отстаивать свою точку зрения; занять жёсткую позицию
to take a jaundiced view - отнестись к чему-л. предвзято /предубеждённо, пристрастно/
to take a practical view of the situation - смотреть на дело /положение/ практически /с практической точки зрения/; трезво смотреть на ситуацию
9. 1) приобретать, принимать (вид, форму и т. п.)a pudding takes its shape from the mould - пудинг принимает форму посуды (в которой он пёкся)
the word takes a new meaning in this text - в этом тексте слово приобретает новое значение
this drink takes its flavour from the lemon peel - лимонная корочка придаёт этому напитку особый вкус /привкус/
2) получать, наследовать (имя, название и т. п.)the city of Washington takes its name from George Washington - город Вашингтон назван в честь Джорджа Вашингтона
this apparatus takes ifs name from the inventor - этот аппарат назван по имени изобретателя
10. 1) преодолевать (препятствие и т. п.)to take a hurdle [a grade] - брать барьер [подъём]
the horse took the ditch [the fence] - лошадь перепрыгнула через канаву [забор]
the car took the corner at full speed - машина свернула за угол на полной скорости
2) выигрывать, побеждать, одерживать верх (в спортивном состязании и т. п.)the visiting team took the game 8 to 1 - команда гостей выиграла встречу со счётом 8:1
3) выигрывать, завоёвывать, брать (приз и т. п.); занимать ( определённое место)to take (the) first prize - завоевать /получить/ первую премию
who took the first place? - кто занял первое место?
4) поразить ( ворота в крикете)11. (into)1) посвящать (в тайну и т. п.)to take smb. into the secret - посвятить кого-л. в тайну
to take smb. into one's confidence - оказать доверие /довериться/ кому-л.; поделиться с кем-л.; сделать кого-л. поверенным своих тайн
we took him into the details - мы ознакомили его с подробностями; мы ввели его в курс дела
2) принимать (в расчёт и т. п.)to take smth. into account /into consideration/ - принять что-л. во внимание, учесть что-л.
12. 1) изучать (предмет, ремесло)I shall take French - я буду изучать французский язык, я буду заниматься французским
you should take a course in physiology - вам следует заняться физиологией /прослушать курс физиологии/
2) вести (занятия и т. п.)he always takes botany in the park - он всегда проводит занятия по ботанике в парке
to take the evening service - церк. служить вечерню
13. определять (размер, расстояние и т. п.); снимать ( показания приборов)to take the /a/ temperature - измерять температуру
to take azimuth - засекать направление, брать азимут
to take bearings - а) ориентироваться; уяснять обстановку; б) пеленговать
14. носить, иметь размер (ноги и т. п.)what size do you take in shoes? - какой размер обуви вы носите?
she takes sevens /a seven/ in gloves - она носит седьмой номер перчаток
15. подвергаться (наказанию и т. п.); нести (потери, урон)to take a light [severe] punishment - воен. а) получить лёгкое [серьёзное] повреждение; б) нести незначительные [большие] потери
to take a direct hit - воен. получить прямое попадание
16. 1) выдерживать, переносить (неприятности, удары и т. п.)I don't know how he can take it - я не знаю, как он (это) выдерживает
she takes the rough with the smooth - она стойко переносит превратности судьбы
he always takes what comes to him - он всегда мирится с тем, что есть
2) (take it) сл. выносить, терпетьhe can dish it out but he can't take it - он может любого отделать /любому всыпать по первое число/, но сам такого обращения ни от кого не потерпит
4) выдерживать (физические нагрузки; о балке и т. п.)17. заболеть; заразиться ( болезнью)18. поддаваться (отделке, обработке и т. п.)19. впитывать, поглощать ( жидкость)20. спорт. принимать (подачу, мяч и т. п.)II Б1. 1) to take to á place направляться куда-л.to take to the field - направиться в поле; выйти в поле [ср. тж. ♢ ]
he took to the road again - он вновь вышел /вернулся/ на дорогу [см. тж. 4, 4)]
the guerillas took to the mountains - партизаны ушли в горы /скрылись в горах/
2) to take across smth. пересекать что-л., идти через что-л.3) it /smth./ takes somewhere диал. идти, течь и т. п. в каком-л. направлении (о дороге, реке и т. п.)2. to take smb., smth. to á place, to smb.1) доставлять, относить, отводить, отвозить кого-л., что-л. куда-л., к кому-л.to take smb. home - отвезти /отвести, проводить/ кого-л. домой
may I take you home? - можно мне проводить вас (домой)?
to take smb. to the hospital - доставить /отвезти/ кого-л. в больницу
he was taken to the police station - его доставили /отвели/ в полицейский участок
don't worry, I'll take the book to your father - не беспокойтесь, я отнесу книгу вашему отцу
it was I who took the news to him - это /именно/ я сообщил ему эту новость
the butler took the lawyer to the old lady - дворецкий провёл /проводил/ адвоката к старой даме
2) приводить кого-л. куда-л.what took you to the city today? - что привело вас сегодня в город?
business took him to London - он поехал в Лондон по делу, дела заставили его поехать в Лондон
3) брать кого-л., что-л. (с собой) куда-л.why don't you take the manuscript to the country? - почему бы тебе не взять рукопись с собой в деревню?
4) выводить, приводить кого-л. куда-л. (о дороге и т. п.)where will this road take me? - куда эта дорога выведет меня?
3. to take smb. for smth. выводить кого-л. (на прогулку и т. п.)to take smb. for a ride - взять кого-л. (с собой) на прогулку ( на лошади или на автомобиле) [см. тж. ♢ ]
4. to take to smth.1) пристраститься к чему-л.to take to drink /to drinking, to the bottle/ - пристраститься к вину, запить
2) проявлять интерес, симпатию к чему-л.he didn't take to the idea - его эта идея не заинтересовала, ему эта идея не понравилась /не пришлась по вкусу/
does he take to Latin? - он с удовольствием занимается латынью?
I took to instant coffee - я полюбил быстрорастворимый кофе, быстрорастворимый кофе пришёлся мне по вкусу
3) привыкать, приспосабливаться к чему-л.fruit trees take badly to the soil - фруктовые деревья плохо акклиматизируются на этой почве
4) обращаться, прибегать к чему-л.the ship was sinking and they had to take to the boats - корабль тонул, и им пришлось воспользоваться лодками
he took to the road again - он снова пустился в странствия, он вернулся к бродячему образу жизни [см. тж. 1, 1)]
to take to one's bed - слечь, заболеть
5) начинать заниматься чем-л.to take to literature - заняться литературой, стать писателем
to take to the stage - поступить в театр, стать актёром
5. 1) to take to smb. полюбить кого-л., почувствовать к кому-л. симпатиюthey have taken to each other - они понравились друг другу, они потянулись друг к другу
2) to take against smb. выступать против кого-л.6. to take after smb.1) походить на кого-л.2) подражатьhis followers take after him in this particular - его сторонники следуют его примеру в этом отношении
7. 1) to take smb., smth. for smb., smth. принимать кого-л., что-л. за кого-л., что-л.I am not the person you take me for - я не тот, за кого вы меня принимаете
do you take me for a fool? - вы принимаете меня за дурака?, вы считаете меня дураком?
2) to take smb., smth. to be smb., smth. считать кого-л., что-л. кем-л., чем-л., принимать кого-л., что-л. за кого-л., что-л.I took him to be an honest man - я принял его за честного человека; он мне показался честным человеком
do you take me to be a fool? - вы считаете меня дураком?, вы принимаете меня за дурака?
how old do you take him to be? - как по-вашему, сколько ему лет?
8. to take smth., smb. off smth., smb.1) снимать что-л. с чего-л.to take the saucepan off the fire [the lid off the pan] - снять кастрюлю с огня [крышку с кастрюли]
2) снимать, вычитать что-л. из чего-л.to take 3 shillings off the price of smth. - снизить цену на что-л. на три шиллинга
3) заимствовать что-л. у кого-л., подражать, копировать; пародировать, передразниватьher hairdo was taken off a famous actress - причёску она взяла /заимствовала/ у одной известной актрисы
she takes her manners off him - своими манерами /своим поведением/ она подражает ему
4) отвлекать что-л., кого-л. от чего-л., кого-л.to take smb.'s attention off smth. - отвлечь чьё-л. внимание от чего-л.
to take smb.'s mind off smth. - отвлечь чьи-л. мысли от чего-л.
I hope the child will take his mind off his troubles - я надеюсь, (что) ребёнок заставит его забыть неприятности
to take one's mind off smth. - забыть что-л.
I can't take my mind off this misfortune - я не могу забыть об этом несчастье
he couldn't take his eyes off the picture - он не мог оторваться /отвести глаз/ от картины
to take smb. off his work - отвлекать кого-л. от работы, мешать кому-л. работать
5) избавлять что-л., кого-л. от чего-л., кого-л.he took the responsibility [the blame] off me - он снял с меня ответственность [вину]
he took him [the responsibility, all the worries] off my hands - он избавил меня от него [от ответственности, от всех хлопот]
6) отстранять кого-л. от чего-л.to take smb. off the job - отстранить кого-л. от работы
7) вычёркивать, изымать кого-л. из чего-л.to take smb. off the list - вычеркнуть /изъять/ кого-л. из списка
to take a ship off the active list - вычеркнуть корабль из числа действующих
8) сбивать кого-л. с чего-л.the waves took me off my feet - волны сбили меня с ног [ср. тж. ♢ ]
9. 1) to take smth. from smth. вычитать что-л. из чего-л.if we take two from five we'll have tree left - если вычесть два из пяти, останется /в остатке будет/ три
the storekeeper took a dollar from the price - лавочник сбавил цену на доллар
2) to take from smth. снижать, ослаблятьto take from the value of smth. - снижать ценность, стоимость чего-л.
it doesn't take from the effect of the play - это не ослабляет впечатления, которое производит пьеса
to take from the merit of smb. - умалять чьи-л. достоинства
10. to take smth. out of smth.1) выносить что-л. откуда-л.books must not be taken out of the library - книги нельзя выносить из библиотеки
2) вынимать что-л. откуда-л.3) отвлекать, развлекать кого-л.a drive in the country will take her out of herself - поездка за город развлечёт её /отвлечёт её от мрачных мыслей/
4) устранять кого-л.to take smb. out of one's way - устранить кого-л. (со своего пути)
11. to take smb. through smth.1) заставить кого-л. сделать что-л.I took him through a book of Livy - я заставил его прочесть (одну) книгу Ливия
to take smb. through the first two books of English - прочитать с кем-л. первые две английские книги, помочь кому-л. справиться с двумя первыми английскими книгами
2) заставить кого-л. пройти через что-л.; подвергнуть кого-л. чему-л.12. to take smth., smb. down smth. вести что-л., кого-л. вниз по чему-л.to take a little boat down the Mississippi - пройти /совершить путешествие/ на маленькой лодке вниз по Миссисипи
13. to take smth. up to smth. доводить что-л. до какого-л. времени14. to take smb. over some place водить кого-л., показывать кому-л. что-л. (обыкн. помещение и т. п.)to take smb. over a house [a museum] - показывать кому-л. дом [музей], водить кого-л. по дому [по музею]
15. to take smb. on /in, across, over/ smth. попадать кому-л. по какому-л. месту, ударять кого-л. по чему-л.the blow took me across the arm [over the head] - удар пришёлся мне по руке [по голове]
16. to take upon oneself to do smth. браться за что-л., брать на себя выполнение чего-л.to take upon oneself to distribute food - взять на себя распределение продовольствия
III А1) обыкн. в сочетании с последующим отглагольным существительным выражает единичный акт или кратковременное действие, соответствующее значению существительного:to take a walk - погулять; прогуляться, пройтись
to take a turn - а) повернуть; б) прогуляться, пройтись; покататься, проехаться
to take a step - шагнуть [ср. тж. 2)]
to take a run - разбежаться [ср. тж. ♢ ]
to take a jump /a leap/ - прыгнуть
to take a nap - вздремнуть; соснуть
to take a leak - сл. помочиться
to take a look /a glance/ - взглянуть
to take a shot - выстрелить [ср. тж. ♢ ]
to take a risk /a chance/ - рискнуть
to take (a) breath - а) вдохнуть; б) перевести дыхание; he stopped to take (a) breath - он остановился, чтобы перевести дыхание /передохнуть/
to take (one's) leave - прощаться, уходить
to take an examination - сдавать /держать/ экзамен
to take an oath - а) дать клятву, поклясться; б) воен. принимать присягу
2) обыкн. в сочетании с существительным выражает действие, носящее общий характер:to take action - а) действовать, принимать меры; I felt I had to take action - я чувствовал, что мне необходимо что-то сделать /начать действовать, принять меры/; б) юр. возбуждать судебное дело
to take steps - принимать меры [ср. тж. 1)]
what steps did you take to help them? - какие вы приняли меры /что вы предприняли/, чтобы помочь им?
to take effect - а) возыметь, оказать действие; when the pills took effect - когда пилюли подействовали, б) вступить в силу; the law will take effect next year - закон вступит в силу с будущего года
to take place - случаться, происходить
to take part - участвовать, принимать участие [ср. тж. I 4, 1)]
take post! - по местам!
to take root - пустить корни, укорениться
to take hold - а) схватить; he took hold of my arm - он схватил меня за руку; он ухватился за мою руку; б) овладевать; my plane had taken hold upon his fancy - мой план захватил его воображение; the fashion took hold - мода укоренилась
to take possession - а) стать владельцем, вступить во владение; б) овладеть, захватить
to take aim /sight/ - прицеливаться
to take counsel - совещаться; советоваться
to take advice - а) советоваться, консультироваться; б) следовать совету; take my advice - послушайтесь доброго совета; to take legal advice - брать консультацию у юриста
to take account - принимать во внимание, учитывать
you must take account of his illness - вы должны учитывать, что он был болен
they took advantage of the old woman - они обманули /провели/ эту старую женщину
to take the privilege - воспользоваться правом /привилегией/
we take this opportunity of thanking /to thank/ you - мы пользуемся случаем, чтобы поблагодарить вас
to take interest - интересоваться, проявлять интерес; увлекаться (чем-л.)
to take pleasure /delight/ - находить удовольствие
to take pity - проявлять жалость /милосердие/
to take trouble - стараться, прилагать усилия; брать на себя труд
she took great pains with her composition - она очень усердно работала над своим сочинением
to take comfort - успокоиться, утешиться
to take courage /heart/ - мужаться; воспрянуть духом; приободриться; не унывать
take courage! - мужайся!, не робей!
to take cover - прятаться; скрываться
to take refuge /shelter/ - укрыться, найти убежище
in his old age he took refuge from his loneliness in his childhood memories - в старости он спасался /находил убежище/ от одиночества в воспоминаниях детства
to take fire - загораться, воспламеняться
to take warning - остерегаться; внять предупреждению
to take notice - замечать; обращать (своё) внимание
to take heed - а) обращать внимание; замечать; б) быть осторожным, соблюдать осторожность
to take care - быть осторожным; take care how you behave - смотри, веди себя осторожно
to take care of smb., smth. - смотреть, присматривать за кем-л., чем-л., заботиться о ком-л., чём-л.
who will take care of the baby? - кто позаботится о ребёнке?, кто присмотрит за ребёнком?
to take a liking /a fancy/ to smb. - полюбить кого-л.
to take a dislike to smb. - невзлюбить кого-л.
to take the salute - воен. а) отвечать на отдание чести; б) принимать парад
♢
take and - амер. диал. взять и
I'll take and bounce a rock on your head - вот возьму и тресну тебя камнем по башке
to take a drop - выпить, подвыпить
to take (a drop /a glass/) too much - хватить /хлебнуть/ лишнего
to take the chair - занять председательское место, председательствовать; открыть заседание [ср. тж. II А 6]
to take the veil - облачиться в одежду монахини; уйти в монастырь
to take the floor - а) выступать, брать слово; б) пойти танцевать
to take for granted - считать само собой разумеющимся /не требующим доказательств/; принимать на веру
to take too much for granted - быть слишком самонадеянным; позволять себе слишком много
to take smth. to pieces - разобрать что-л.
to take a stick to smb. - побить /отделать/ кого-л. палкой
take it or leave it - на ваше усмотрение; как хотите, как угодно
to take a turn for the better, to take a favourable turn - измениться к лучшему, пойти на лад
to take a turn for the worse - измениться к худшему, ухудшиться
to take stock (of smth., smb.) - [см. stock I ♢ ]
to take it out of smb. - а) утомлять, лишать сил кого-л.; the long climb took it out of me - длинный подъём утомил меня; the heat takes it out of me - от жары я очень устаю жара лишает меня сил; the illness has taken it out of him - он обессилел от болезни; б) отомстить кому-л.; I will take it out of you /of your hide/ - я отомщу тебе за это; это тебе даром не пройдёт, ты мне за это заплатишь, так просто ты не отделаешься; я с тобой рассчитаюсь /расквитаюсь/; he will take it out of me /of my hide/ - он отыграется на мне, он мне отомстит за это
to take smb.'s measure - а) снимать мерку с кого-л.; б) присматриваться к кому-л.; определять чей-л. характер; в) распознать /раскусить/ кого-л.
to take sides - присоединиться /примкнуть/ к той или другой стороне
to take smb.'s side /part/, to take sides /part/ with smb. - стать на /принять/ чью-л. сторону
to take to one's heels - улизнуть, удрать, дать стрекача, пуститься наутёк
to take one's hook - смотать удочки, дать тягу
to take it on the lam - амер. сл. смываться, скрываться; улепётывать
to take the cake /the biscuit, the bun/ - занять /выйти на/ первое место; получить приз
it takes the cake! - это превосходит всё!, дальше идти некуда!
to take off one's hat to smb. - восхищаться кем-л., преклоняться перед кем-л., снимать шляпу перед кем-л.
to take a back seat - а) отойти на задний план, стушеваться; б) занимать скромное положение; [ср. тж. II А 6]
to take a run at smth. - попытаться заняться чем-л. [ср. тж. III А 1)]
to take a shot /a swing/ at smth. /at doing smth./ - попытаться /рискнуть/ сделать что-л. [ср. тж. III А 1)]
to take liberties with smb. - позволять себе вольности по отношению к кому-л.; быть непозволительно фамильярным с кем-л.
not to be taking any - не быть склонным (делать что-л.)
I am not taking any - ≅ слуга покорный!
to take one's hair down - разойтись вовсю, разбушеваться
to take smb. for a ride - прикончить /укокошить/ кого-л. [см. тж. II Б 3]
to take the starch /the frills/ out of smb. - амер. сбить спесь с кого-л., осадить кого-л.
to take smth. with a grain of salt - относиться к чему-л. скептически /недоверчиво, критически/
to take the bit between the /one's/ teeth - закусить удила, пойти напролом
to take to earth - а) охот. уходить в нору; б) спрятаться, притаиться
to take a load from /off/ smb.'s mind - снять тяжесть с души у кого-л.
you've taken a load off my mind - ты снял тяжесть с моей души; у меня от сердца отлегло
to take a load from /off/ one's feet - сесть
to take a leaf out of smb.'s book - следовать чьему-л. примеру, подражать кому-л.
to take a rise out of smb. см. rise I 15
to take in hand - а) взять в руки, прибрать к рукам; б) взять в свои руки; взяться, браться (за что-л.)
to take smb. to task см. task I ♢
to take smb. off his feet - вызвать чей-л. восторг; поразить /увлечь, потрясти/ кого-л. [ср. тж. II Б 8, 8)]
to take smb. out of his way - доставлять кому-л. лишние хлопоты
to take it into one's head - вбить /забрать/ себе в голову
to take one's courage in both hands - набраться храбрости, собраться с духом
to take exception to smth. - возражать /протестовать/ против чего-л.
to take the name of God /the Lord's name/ in vain - богохульствовать, кощунствовать; упоминать имя господа всуе
to take a /one's/ call, to take the curtain - театр. выходить на аплодисменты
to take the field - а) воен. начинать боевые действия; выступать в поход; б) выйти на поле ( о футбольной команде); [ср. тж. II Б 1, 1)]
to take in flank [in rear] - воен. атаковать с фланга [с тыла]
to take out of action - воен. выводить из боя
take your time! - не спеши(те)!, не торопи(те)сь!
he took his time over the job - он делал работу медленно /не спеша/
to take time by the forelock см. time I ♢
the devil take him! - чёрт бы его побрал!
-
13 ὅς
ὅς [(A)], ἥ, ὅ, gen. οὗ, ἧς, οὗ, etc. ; dat. pl. οἷς, αἷς, οἷς, etc.: [dialect] Ep. forms, gen. ὅου (prob. replacing Οο) in the phrasesAὅου κλέος οὔ ποτ' ὀλεῖται Il.2.325
, h.Ap. 156 ;ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον Od.1.70
(elsewh.οὗ Il. 7.325
, al., never οἷο); fem.ἕης Il.16.208
(perh. imitation of ὅου; elsewh. onlyἧς 5.265
, al.); dat. pl. οἷς, οἷσι, ᾗς, ᾗσι (never αἷς or αἷσι in Hom.):—Pron. used,A as demonstr. by the side of οὗτος, ὅδε, and the Art. ὁ, ἡ, τό : in post-Homeric Gr. this use survived only in a few special phrases.B as a Relat. by the side of the Art. ὅ, ἥ, τό (v. ὁ, ἡ, τό, c):—this demonstr. and Relat. Pron. must not be confounded with the Possess. ὅς, ἥ, ὅν. (With Gr. Relat. ὅς, ἥ, ὅ cf. Skt. Relat. yas, yā, yad, Lith. jis, ji (he, she), Oslav. i, ja, je (he, she, it).)I Homeric usage: this form only occurs in the nom. masc. and neut. ὅς, ὅ, and perh. nom. fem. ἥ and nom. pl. οἵ, the other cases being supplied by ὁ, ἡ, τό ([etym.] ὅ, ἡ, τό); most codd. have ἥ in Il.17.551, Od. 24.255, al., and this (as also οἵ ) can be referred equally to either (on the accent v. ὁ, ἡ, τό): with γάρ orκαί, ὃς γὰρ δεύτατος ἦλθεν 1.286
;ἀλλὰ καὶ ὃς δείδοικε Il.21.198
;ὃ γὰρ γέρας ἐστὶ θανόντων Od.24.190
, Il.23.9, cf. 12.344 : freq. used emphatically in apodosi, mostly with οὐδέ or μηδέ before it,μηδ' ὅν τινα γαστέρι μήτηρ κοῦρον ἐόντα φέροι, μηδ' ὃς φύγοι Il.6.59
, cf. 7.160, Od.4.653 : after a part., εἰς ἕτερον γάρ τίς τε ἰδών.., ὃς σπεύδει (for ὅστις ἂν ἴδῃ, ὃς σπεύδει) Hes.Op.22.II in later Gr. this usage remained in a few forms:1 at the beginning of a clause, καὶ ὅς and he, Hdt.7.18, X.Smp.1.15, Pl. Phd. 118, Prt. 310d ; καὶ ἥ and she, καὶ οἵ and they, Hdt.8.56,87, Pl. Smp. 201e, X.An.7.6.4.4 in oppositions, where it sts. answers to the Art.,Λέριοι κακοί· οὐχ ὁ μέν, ὃς δ' οὔ.. Phoc.1
;ὃς μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.. Mosch.3.76
;ὃ μὲν.., ὃς δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃς δὲ.. Bion 1.81
; soτῷ μὲν.., ᾧ δὲ.., ᾧ δὲ.. AP6.187
(Alph.); ὃ μὲν.., ὃ δὲ.., ὃ δὲ.. (neut.) Ev.Matt.13.8 ;ἂ μὲν.., ἃ δὲ.. Heraclit.102
, Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.110 ;ὧν μὲν.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.99
;πόλεις ἃς μὲν.., ἃς δὲ.. D.18.71
(as v. l.): so in [dialect] Dor. dat. fem. as Adv.,ᾇ μὲν.., ᾇ δὲ.. Tab.Heracl.1.81
;ἐφ' ὧν μὲν.., ἐφ' ὧν δὲ.. Arist.EN 1109a1
: very freq. in late Prose, Arr.Epict.3.25.1, etc.: also answering to other Prons.,ἑτέρων.., ὧν δὲ.. Philem.31.6
;ἐφ' ᾧ μὲν.., ἐπὶ θατέρῳ δὲ.. Arist. HA 564a21
, etc.B RELAT. PRON., who, which.—By the side of the simple Relat., ὅς, ἥ, ὅ (in Hom. also ὁ, ἡ, τό), we find in common use the compd. forms ὅστε, ὅστις and ὅτις, ὅσπερ and ὅπερ, ὅς γε (q. v.).0-0USAGE of the Relat. Pron. (the foll. remarks apply to ὅς γε, ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, as well as to ὅς, and to ὁ, ἡ, τό as relat.):I in respect of CONCORD.—Prop. it agrees in gender and number with the Noun or Pron. in the antec. clause.—But this rule admits of many exceptions:1 the Relat. mayagree with the gender implied, not expressed, in the antec.,φίλον θάλος, ὃν τέκον αὐτή Il.22.87
;τέκνων, οὓς ἤγαγε E.Supp.12
: so after collective Nouns, the Relat. is freq. put in pl. in the gender implied in the Noun,λαόν.., οὕς.. Il.16.369
; στρατιάν.. τοιαύτην.., οἵ τινες.., τὸ ναυτικόν, οἵ.., Th.6.91,3.4 ;πλήθει, οἵπερ.. Pl.Phdr. 260a
; esp. after the names of countries or cities, Τηλέπυλον Λαιστρυγονίην ἀφίκανεν, οἳ.. (i. e. to Telepylos of the Laestrygonians, who..) Od.23.319 ;τὰς Ἀθήνας, οἵ γε.. Hdt.7.8
.β' ; Μέγαρα.., οὓς.. Th.6.94
: it also may agree with the Noun or Pron. implied in an Adj., Θηβαίας ἐπισκοποῦντ' ἀγυιάς, τάν.. the streets of Thebes, which.., S.Ant. 1137 (lyr.); τοὺς Ἡρακλείους παῖδας, ὃς.. the children of Heracles, who.., E.HF 157;τῆς ἐμῆς ἐπεισόδου, ὅν..
of me whom..,S.
OC 731; τὸν ἥμισύν ἐστ' ἀτελὴς τοῦ χρόνου· εἶθ' ἧς πᾶσι μέτεστι.., where ἧς agrees with ἀτελείας implied in ἀτελής, D.20.8.2 when the antec. Noun in sg. implies a class, the Relat. is sts. in pl., ἦ μάλα τις θεὸς ἔνδον, οἳ.. ἔχουσιν (for τις θεῶν, οἵ.. ) Od.19.40 ;κῆτος, ἃ μυρία βόσκει.. Ἀμφιτρίτη
one of the thousands, which..,12.97
;αὐτουργός, οἵπερ..
one of those who..,E.
Or. 920: rare in Prose,ἀνὴρ καλός τε κἀγαθός, ἐν οἷς οὐδαμοῦ σὺ φανήσει γεγονώς D.18.310
, cf. Lys.1.32.3 reversely, the sg. Relat. may follow a pl. antec., where the relat. clause refers to each individual ; but in this case ὅστις or ὃς ἄν is mostly used, ἀνθρώπους τίνυσθον, ὅ τις κ' ἐπίορκον ὀμόσσῃ, for ἀνθρώπων τινά, ὅς κε.., Il.3.279 ; πάντα.., ὅ τι νοοίης, i.e. anything which.., Ar.Nu. 1381 : rarely ὅς alone, τὰ λίνεα [ ὅπλα], τοῦ τάλαντον ὁ πῆχυς εἷλκε a cubit's length where of.., Hdt.7.36.4 the Relat. is sts. in the neut., agreeing rather with the notion implied in the antec. than with the Noun itself, διὰ τὴν πλεονεξίαν, ὃ πᾶσα φύσις διώκειν πέφυκεν for profit's sake—a thing which.., Pl.R. 359c, cf. Lg. 849d;τοὺς Φωκέας, ὃ σιωπᾶν εἰκὸς ἦν
a name which..,D.
19.44 ; γυναῖκας, ἐφ' ὅπερ.. women, for dealings with whom, E.Ba. 454.5 with Verbs of naming, the Relat. freq. agrees with the name added as a predicate, rather than with the antec.,ξίφος, τὸν ἀκινάκην καλέουσι Hdt.7.54
;τὴν ἄκρην, αἳ καλεῦνται Κληΐδες Id.5.108
, cf. 2.17, 124, etc.II in respect of CONSTRUCTION.—Prop., the Relat. is governed by the Noun or Verb in its own clause.—But it is freq. thrown by attraction into the case of the antec. (prob. not in Hom., ἧς in Il.5.265, cf. 23.649, can be expld. otherwise), ἀπὸ παιδεύσιος, τῆς ἐπεπαίδευτο (for τῇ or τήν) Hdt.4.78; freq. in [dialect] Att., Th.7.21, etc.: esp. where a Demonstr. Pron. is unexpressed, while the Relat. takes its case, οὐδὲν ὧν λέγω (for οὐδὲν τούτων ἃ λ.) S.El. 1048, 1220, etc.; ξὺν ᾧπερ εἶχον οἰκετῶν (for ξὺν τούτῳ ὅνπερ) Id.OC 334 ; ἀνθ' ὧν ἂν ἐμοὶ δανείσῃς (for ἀντὶ τούτων ἅ.. ) X.Cyr.3.1.34 ; πρὸς οἷς ἐκτήσαντο (for πρὸς τούτοις ἅ.. ) Pl.Grg. 519a, etc.: the Demonstr. Pron. sts follows,ἀφ' ὧν ἐγένεσθε ἀγαθοί, ἀπὸ τούτων ὠφελεῖσθαι Th.3.64
, cf. D.8.23,26.—This attraction is rare, exc. when the acc. passes into the gen. or dat. (v. supr.): sts. nom. is so attracted, οὐδὲν εἰδότες τῶν ἦν (for τούτων ἃ ἦν) Hdt.1.78; ἀφ' ὧν παρεσκεύασται (for ἀπὸ τούτων ἃ π.) Th.7.67: also dat., ὧν ἐγὼ ἐντετύχηκα οὐδείς (for τούτων οἷς.. ) Pl.Grg. 509a.b reversely the antec. passes into the case of the Relat., φυλακὰς δ' ἃς εἴρεαι.., οὔτις (for φυλακῶν.. οὔτις) Il.10.416; τὰς στήλας, τὰς ἵστα, αἱ πλεῦνες.. (for τῶν στηλῶν.. αἱ πλεῦνες) Hdt.2.106: so also when the Noun follows the Relat. clause, it may be put in apposition with the Relat.,Κύκλωπος κεχόλωται, ὃν ὀφθαλμοῦ ἀλάωσεν, ἀντίθεον Πολύφημον Od.1.69
, cf. 4.11, Il.3.123, A.Th. 553, E.Hec. 771, 986, Hipp. 101, etc.2 the Demonstr. Pron. or the Noun with an Art. is sts. transferred to the Relat. clause, Ἰνδὸν ποταμόν, ὃς κροκοδείλους δεύτερος οὗτος.. παρέχεται the river Indus, being the second river which.., Hdt.4.44;σφραγῖδα.., ἣν ἐπὶ δέλτῳ τήνδε κομίζεις E.IA 156
(anap.);φοβούμεθα δέ γε.. δόξαν.., ὃν δὴ καὶ καλοῦμεν τὸν φόβον ἡμεῖς γε αἰσχύνην Pl.Lg. 647a
.3 the Relat. in all cases may govern a partit. gen., ἀθανάτων ὅς τίς σε.. any one of the immortals who.., Od.15.35, cf. 25,5.448, etc.;οἳ.. τῶν ἀστῶν Hdt.7.170
;οὓς.. βαρβάρων A.Pers. 475
;ᾧ.. τῶν ἡνιόχων Pl. Phdr. 247b
: freq. in neut., ἐς ὃ δυνάμιος to what a height of power, Hdt.7.50 ; οἶσθ' οὖν ὃ κάμνει τοῦ λόγου; what part of thy speech, E. Ion 363; ᾧπερ τῆς τέχνης ἐπίστευον in which particular of their art.., Th. 7.36 ; τὰ μακρὰ τείχη, ἃ σφῶν.. εἶχον which portion of their territory, Id.4.109, etc.: rarely in such forms as ἕξουσι δ' ἣν λάβωσιν ἐν ταφῇ χθονός (for ὃ χθονός) A.Th. 819 ( χθόνα cj. Brunck).III in respect of the Moods which follow the Relat.:1 when the Relat. is equivalent to καί + demonstr. (ὅς = and he..) any mood may follow which may be found in independent clauses: ἦλθε τὸ ναυτικὸν τὸ τῶν βαρβάρων, ὃ τίς οὐκ ἂν ἰδὼν ἐφοβήθη; Lys.2.34 ;ὁ δ' εἰς τὸ σῶφρον ἐπ' ἀρετήν τ' ἄγων ἔρως ζηλωτὸς ἀνθρώποισιν· ὧν εἴην ἐγώ E.Fr. 672
;ἐλπίς, ᾗ μόνῃ σωθεῖμεν ἄν Id.Hel. 815
; εἰς καλὸν ἡμῖν Ἄνυτος ὅδε παρεκαθέζετο, ᾧ μεταδῶμεν τῆς σκέψεως to whom let us.., Pl.Men. 89e ; ὃν ὑμεῖς.. νομίσατε which I would have you think.., Lys.19.61: so the inf. in orat. obliq., ἔτι δὲ.. προσετίθει χρήματα οὐκ ὀλίγα, οἷς χρήσεσθαι αὐτούς (sc. ἔφη) Th.2.13: for the inf. after ἐφ' ᾧ τε, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.2 after ὅς, ὅστις, = whoever, in collective hypothetical sense (= if A + if B + if C..), the same moods are used as after εἰ:a [tense] pres. ind.,τῷδ' ἔφες ἀνδρὶ βέλος.. ὅς τις ὅδε κρατέει Il.5.175
;κλῦθι, ἄναξ, ὅτις ἐσσί Od.5.445
; δουληΐην.., ἥτις ἐστί (as we say) whatever it is, Hdt.6.12 ; ὅ τι ἀνὴρ καὶ γυνή ἐστι πλὴν παιδίων all that are man and woman, Id.2.60 ;Ζεύς, ὅστις ποτ' ἐστίν A.Ag. 160
(lyr.): also afterὅς, ἐχθρὸς γάρ μοι κεῖνος.. ὃς πενίῃ εἴκων ἀπατήλια βάζει Od.14.157
, etc.b subj. with ἄν ([etym.] κεν) or, in poetry, without ἄν:ξυνίει ἔπος ὅττι κεν εἴπω 19.378
;οὐ δηναιὸς ὃς ἀθανάτοισι μάχηται Il.5.407
:—in such cases the opt. is used after secondary tenses,Τρῶας ἄμυνε νεῶν, ὅς τις φέροι ἀκάματον πῦρ 15.731
, cf. Hes.Sc. 480 ;πάντας ἑξῆς, ὅτῳ ἐντύχοιεν,.. κτείνοντες Th.7.29
, cf. Pl.Ap. 21a, etc.c sts. opt. without ἄν after a primary tense,ὃν πόλις στήσειε, τοῦδε χρὴ κλύειν S.Ant. 666
; after an opt., .IV peculiar Idioms:1 in Homer and correct writers, when two coordinate Relat. clauses were joined by καί or δέ, the Relat. Pron. was freq. replaced in the second clause by the demonstr. even though the case was changed, ἄνδρα.., ὃς μέγα πάντων Ἀργείων κρατέει καί οἱ πείθονται Ἀχαιοί (for καὶ ᾧ) Il.1.78 ; ὅου κράτος ἐστὶ μέγιστον.. · Θόωσα δέ μιν τέκε νύμφη (for ὃν τέκε) Od.1.70, cf. 14.85, etc. ; and this sts. even without the demonstr. being expressed, δοίη δ' ᾧ κ' ἐθέλοι καί οἱ κεχαρισμένος ἔλθοι (for καὶ ὅς οἱ) 2.54, cf. 114 ; οὕς κεν ἐΰ γνοίην καί τ' οὔνομα μυθησαίμην (for καὶ ὧν) Il.3.235 ; ᾗ χαλκὸς μὲν ὑπέστρωται, χαλκὸν δ' ἐπίεσται (nom. supplied) Orac. ap. Hdt.1.47 ;ἃς ἐπιστήμας μὲν προσείπομεν.., δέονται δὲ ὀνόματος ἄλλου Pl.R. 533d
.2 the neut. of the Relat. is used in [dialect] Att. to introduce a clause qualifying the whole of the principal clause which follows: the latter clause is commonly introduced by γάρ, ὅτι, εἰ, ἐπειδή, etc.,ὃ δὲ δεινότατόν γ' ἐστὶν ἁπάντων, ὁ Ζεὺς γὰρ.. ἕστηκεν κτλ. Ar.Av. 514
, cf. D.19.211, etc.;ὃ δὲ πάντων σχετλιώτατον, εἰ.. βουλευσόμεθα Isoc.6.56
;ὃ μὲν πάντων θαυμαστότατον ἀκοῦσαι, ὅτι.. Pl. R. 491b
, cf.Ap. 18c: also without any Conj.,ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατόν ἐστι, τοιοῦτος ὢν κτλ. And.4.16
;ὃ δ' ἠπάτα σε πλεῖστον.., ηὔχεις κτλ. E.El. 938
: c. inf.,ὃ δὲ πάντων δεινότατον, τὴν ἀδελφὴν ὑποδέξασθαι Lys.19.33
(but ὑποδέξασθαι < δεῖ> is prob. cj.), etc.:—so also the neut. pl. ἅ may mean with reference to that which, ἃ δ'.. ἐστί σοι λελεγμένα, πᾶν κέρδος ἡγοῦ.. as to what has been said.., E.Med. 453, cf. Hdt.3.81, S.OT 216, Ar.Eq. 512, etc.3 in many instances the Gr. Relat. must be resolved into a Conj. and Pron., θαυμαστὸν ποιεῖς, ὃς ἡμῖν οὐδὲν δίδως (= ὅτι σὺ) X.Mem.2.7.13, cf. Lys.7.23 codd., Pl.Smp. 204b, etc.: very freq. in conditional clauses, for εἴ orἐάν τις, βέλτερον ὃς... προφύγῃ κακόν, ἠὲ ἁλώῃ Il.14.81
, cf. Hes.Op. 327 ;συμφορὰ δ', ὃς ἂν τύχῃ κακῆς γυναικός E.Fr. 1056
;τὸ δ' εὐτυχές, οἳ ἂν.. λάχωσι κτλ. Th.2.44
;τὸ καλῶς ἄρξαι τοῦτ' εἶναι, ὃς ἂν τὴν πατρίδα ὠφελήσῃ Id.6.14
.4 the Relat. freq. stands where we should use a final Conj. or the inf., ἄγγελον ἧκαν, ὃς ἀγγείλειε sent a messenger to tell.., Od. 15.458 ;κλητοὺς ὀτρύνομεν, οἵ κε τάχιστα ἔλθωσ'
that they may..,Il.
9.165 : and freq. with [tense] fut. ind., πρέσβεις ἄγουσα, οἵπερ φράσουσι (v.l. φράσωσι) to tell.., Th.7.25 ;πέμψον τιν', ὅστις σημανεῖ E.IT 1209
(troch.), cf. X.HG2.3.2, Mem.2.1.14: so with [tense] fut. opt.,ὀργάνου, ᾧ τὴν τροφὴν δέξοιτο Pl.Ti. 33c
: also for ὥστε, after οὕτω, ὧδε, etc., οὐκ ἔστιν οὕτω μῶρος, ὃς θανεῖν ἐρᾷ (for ὥστε ἐρᾶν) S.Ant. 220, cf. Hdt.4.52, E.Alc. 198, Ar.Ach. 737, etc.5 ὅς is freq. used where we should expect οἷος, as μαθὼν ὃς εἶ φύσιν what thou art, S.Aj. 1259, cf. E.Alc. 640, Pl. Euthd. 283d, etc.6 ὅς is sts. = ὅστις or τις in indirect clauses,γνώσῃ.. ὅς.. ἡγεμόνων κακὸς ἠδ' ὅς κ' ἐσθλὸς ἔῃσι Il.2.365
(perh. felt as Relat.); ὃς ἦν ὁ ἀναδέξας, οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν I cannot tell who it was that.., Hdt.6.124 ;γενομένης λέσχης ὃς γένοιτο.. ἄριστος Id.9.71
(in 4.131,6.37,7.37, τί θέλει ([etym.] θέλοι ) has been conjectured for τὸ of the Mss.); so in [dialect] Att.,ἐγῷδ' ὅς ἐστι, Κλεισθένης ὁ Σιβυρτίου Ar.Ach. 118
, cf. 442, Av. 804, Pl.59, 369, S.OT 1068, OC 1171 ;πέμπει πρὸς τὸν Κῦρον, εἰπὼν ὃς ἦν X.Cyr.6.1.46
, cf. D.52.7;δηλώσας ὃς ἦν Arist.Po. 1452a26
;γράψας παρ' οὗ κομιούμεθα PCair.Zen.150.11
(iii B. C.).b later ὅς = τίς even in direct questions, ἐφ' ὃ πάρει ; Ev.Matt.26.50 ; ἣν δοκεῖς; Arr.Epict.4.1.120 (both dub.).7 in exclamations,ὦ Ἡράκλεις, ἃ πέπονθα Men.Epit. 146
. 0-1A a. the Relat. Pron. joined with Particles or Conjs.:I ὅς γε, v. ὅσγε.II ὃς δή, v. δή 11.2 ; ὃν δήποτε τρόπον in some way or other, Arist.Metaph. 1090a6 ; ὁδήποτε, ἁδήποτε, anything or things whatever, Id.EN 1167a35, 1164a25 ; [full] ὁσδηποτοῦν, Euc.Phaen.p.10 M., Dsc.5.10, Jul.Or.1.18c, IG22.1121.30 (iv A. D.); [full] ὁσδηποτεοῦν, IGRom. 4.915 (Cibyra, i A. D.), IG22.1368.133 (ii A. D.); [full] ὁσδητισοῦν (in [dialect] Boeot. form ὁσδειτισῶν), ib.7.3081.5 (Lebad.) ; [full] ὁσποτοῦν, Dicaearch.2.4.III ὃς καί, v. καί B. 6; but καὶ ὅς and who (which), D.23.68.2 , called also Ph., Wilcken Chr.11 A52 (ii B. C.), etc.: for nom. sg. masc. v. καί B. 2.2 ὅς κε is also used so as to contain the antec. in itself, much like εἴ τις as νεμεσσῶμαί γε μὲν οὐδὲν κλαίειν, ὅς κε θάνῃσι I am not wroth that men should weep for whoever be dead, Od.4.196: ὅστις is also used in this way, cf.ὅστις 1
.V ὅσπερ, ὅστε, ὅστις, v. sub vocc. 0-2A b. abs. usages of certain Cases of the Relat. Pron.:I gen. sg. οὗ, of Place,1 like ὅπου, where, A.Pers. 486, S.OC 158 (lyr.), etc.; , v.l. in Pl.Phdr. 248b, etc.; , S. Aj. 1237, OC77, etc.; also of circumstances,οὗ γὰρ τοιούτων δεῖ, τοιοῦτός εἰμ' ἐγώ Id.Ph. 1049
;εἰ γένοιο οὗ νῦν εἰμί Pl.Smp. 194a
, etc.; in some places,E.
Or. 638 ;οὗ μέν.., οὗ δέ..
in some places.., in others..,Arist.
Oec. 1345b34 : c. gen., οὐκ εἶδεν οὗ γῆς εἰσέδυ in what part of the earth, E.IA[ 1583];ἐννοεῖς οὗ ἐστὶ.. τοῦ ἀναμιμνήσκεσθαι Pl.Men. 84a
;συνιδὼν οὗ κακῶν ἦν Luc.Tox.17
.2 in pregnant phrases, μικρὸν προϊόντες..,οὗ ἡ μάχη ἐγένετο (for ἐκεῖσε οὗ) X.An.2.1.6 ; soοὗπερ προσβεβοηθήκει Th.2.86
, cf. 1.134 ; ἀπιὼν ἐκ τῆς πόλεως, οὗ κατέφυγε (for οἷ κατέφυγε καὶ οὗ ἦν) X.Cyr.5.4.14 (dub. l.);ἐπειδὰν ἱζήσωμεν οὗ ἄγεις Philostr.Her.Prooem.13
: in later Gr. οὗ was used simply for οἷ, οὗπερ ἂν ἔλθῃ Tim069, cf. Ev.Luc.10.1, etc.: but in early writers this is f. l., as in D.21.74, etc.II dat. fem. ᾗ, [dialect] Dor. ᾇ, of Place, where, or Manner, as, v. ᾗ.2 old abl. (?) ὧ, in [dialect] Dor. (cf. ϝοίκω), τηνῶθε καθεῖλον, ὧ ( whence)μ' ἐκέλευ καθελεῖν τυ Theoc.3.11
;ἐν τᾷ πόλι, ὧ κ' ᾖ, καρῡξαι ἐν τἀγορᾷ IG9(1).334.21
([dialect] Locr., v B. C.).IV acc. sg. neut. ὅ, very freq. = ὅτι, that, how that, , al.; and so also, because, ,al.2 in [dialect] Att. ὅ, for which reason, E.Hec.13, Ph. 155, 263, Ar.Ec. 338: also acc. neut. pl. ἅ in this sense, S.Tr. 137 (lyr.), Isoc.8.122.3 whereas, Th.2.40,3.12, Ep.Rom.6.10, Ep.Gal.2.20.VI ἐφ' ᾧ, v. ἐπί B. 111.3.------------------------------------ὅς [(B)], ἥ, ὅν (not ὅ, v. Il.1.609,21.305, Od.11.515), gen.Aοἷο Il.3.333
, Od.1.330, al.,οὗ 23.150
, al. ; Cret. [full] ϝός Leg.Gort.1.18,al., SIG 1183 ; so in [dialect] Aeol., Sapph.Supp.1.6, Lyr.Adesp.32, cf. A.D.Pron. 107.11 :—POSSESS. PRON.:I of the 3 pers., his, her, put either before or after its Noun, ᾧ πενθερῷ, ὃν θυμόν, etc., Il.6.170, 202, etc. ;ἧς ἀρχῆς IG12.761
; πόσιος οὗ, πατέρι ᾧ, Od.23.150,3.39, etc.: sts. also with Art.,τὰ ἃ κῆλα Il.12.280
;τὰ ἃ δώματα Od.14.153
, etc.; also in Lyr., Pi.O.5.8, P.6.36 (elsewh. Pi. prefers ἑός), B.5.47: sts. in Trag., (lyr.); (iamb.);ἐκγόνοισιν οἷς E.Med. 955
(iamb.): with Art.,λιτῶν τῶν ὧν A.Th. 641
;ὅπλων τῶν ὧν S.Aj. 442
;τῶν ὧν τέκνων Id.Tr. 266
, cf. 525 (lyr.);τοῖς οἷσιν αὐτοῦ Id.OT 1248
: so in Cret. Prose,τὰ ϝὰ αὐτᾶς Leg.Gort. 2.46
; in Thgn.1009, ὧν αὐτοῦ κτεάνων is to be restd. for τῶν.. from IG12.499 ; once in Hdt.,γυναῖκα ἥν 1.205
; never in [dialect] Att. Prose.II of the 2 pers., for σός, thy, thine, Hes.Op. 381, AP7.539 (Pers.), Mosch.4.77(dub. in Hom., v. infr.); andIII of the I pers., for ἐμός, my, mine, Od.9.28,13.320, A.R.4.1015, 1036.—Signfs. II and III were denied for Homer by Aristarch., see esp. A.D.Pron.109.20 ; in Od.9.28 and 34 he (or at least A. D. l.c.) rendered ἧς γαίης and πατρίδος 'a man's own fatherland', and athetized Od.13.320: in Il.14.221, 264,16.36,19.174, al., φρεσὶ σῇσιν has better Ms. authority than φρεσὶν ᾗσιν; and in Od.15.542, cf. 1.402, δώμασι σοῖσιν than δώμασιν οἷσιν; v. ἑός. (Cogn. with Skt. σϝάς 'his (my, thy) own', Slav. stem. svo- (used of all 3 persons, as in Skt.): I.-E. swo- was related to I.-E. sewo-, v. ἑός.) -
14 εἰμί
εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans3-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.2 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.① be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.—There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).② to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.ⓐ gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.ⓑ to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.ⓒ in explanations:α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.③ be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, beⓐ of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.ⓑ involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.ⓒ of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.ⓓ of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).④ to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.⑤ to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.⑥ to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8.— Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.⑦ to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).⑧ to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.⑨ to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.⑩ to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.⑪ as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.2 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).ⓐ (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.ⓑ w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).ⓒ w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).ⓓ Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.ⓔ In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.ⓕ to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv. -
15 Р-64
ХОТЬ (ПОПОЛАМ) РАЗОРВИСЬ coll (хоть + VPIIlipcr, these forms only fixed WO1. ( usu. subord clausel whatever you do, however much you try, you cannot attain the desired resultno matter how hard you trytry as you might try as hard as you like knock yourself out.Асеев записал слова Есенина: «Никто тебя знать не будет, если не писать лирики: на фунт помолу нужен фунт навозу -вот что нужно. А без славы ничего не будет, хоть ты пополам разорвись - тебя не услышат» (Гладков 1). Aseyev wrote down his I Yesenins) remarks word for word: "If you don't write lyrics, no one will ever know you for every pound of flour, you need a pound of dung. Without fame, you won't get anywhere, try as hard as you like —no one will listen" (1a)2. ( usu. impers predic) (used when s.o. has to do several things at once, be in several places at the same time) it is very difficult for s.o. to cope with all the things he has to do simultaneously: I have (he has etc) only got two hands (, after all)there is only one of me (him etc).«Хозяйство, дети - все на мне, - жаловалась Мария, -все приходится самой делать. Хоть разорвись...» "It's all on my shoulders," Maria complained, "the housework, the kids. I have to do everything myself, and I've only got two hands, after all." -
16 хоть пополам разорвись
[ хоть + VPImper these forms onty; fixed WO]=====1. [usu. subord clause]⇒ whatever you do, however much you try, you cannot attain the desired result:- knock yourself out.♦ Асеев записал слова Есенина: "Никто тебя знать не будет, если не писать лирики: на фунт помолу нужен фунт навозу - вот что нужно. А без славы ничего не будет, хоть ты пополам разорвись - тебя не услышат" (Гладков 1). Aseyev wrote down his [Yesenins] remarks word for word: "If you don't write lyrics, no one will ever know you for every pound of flour, you need a pound of dung. Without fame, you won't get anywhere, try as hard as you like - no one will listen" (1a)2. [usu. impers predic]⇒ (used when s.o. has to do several things at once, be in several places at the same time) it is very difficult for s.o. to cope with all the things he has to do simultaneously:- I have <he has etc> only got two hands (, after all);- there is only one of me (him etc).♦ "Хозяйство, дети - все на мне, - жаловалась Мария, - все приходится самой делать. Хоть разорвись..." "It's all on my shoulders," Maria complained, "the housework, the kids. I have to do everything myself, and I've only got two hands, after all."Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > хоть пополам разорвись
-
17 хоть разорвись
[ хоть + VPImper these forms onty; fixed WO]=====1. [usu. subord clause]⇒ whatever you do, however much you try, you cannot attain the desired result:- knock yourself out.♦ Асеев записал слова Есенина: "Никто тебя знать не будет, если не писать лирики: на фунт помолу нужен фунт навозу - вот что нужно. А без славы ничего не будет, хоть ты пополам разорвись - тебя не услышат" (Гладков 1). Aseyev wrote down his [Yesenins] remarks word for word: "If you don't write lyrics, no one will ever know you for every pound of flour, you need a pound of dung. Without fame, you won't get anywhere, try as hard as you like - no one will listen" (1a)2. [usu. impers predic]⇒ (used when s.o. has to do several things at once, be in several places at the same time) it is very difficult for s.o. to cope with all the things he has to do simultaneously:- I have <he has etc> only got two hands (, after all);- there is only one of me (him etc).♦ "Хозяйство, дети - все на мне, - жаловалась Мария, - все приходится самой делать. Хоть разорвись..." "It's all on my shoulders," Maria complained, "the housework, the kids. I have to do everything myself, and I've only got two hands, after all."Большой русско-английский фразеологический словарь > хоть разорвись
-
18 ὡς
ὡς:—Summary:A as ADVERB of Manner.Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.Ad ὡς temporal, when.Ae ὡς Local, where,B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.C, D various usages.A ADVERB of Manner:Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20
a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888
, al.2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386
: the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11
(iv A. D.); (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1
(iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151
-5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (φὴ Zenod.
): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form ὥ (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced byὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462
:ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389
, cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2
: ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78
;οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299
: where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151
, cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.2 like as, just as,ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326
, v. supr. Aa. 3.3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344
; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172
;τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105
;τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130
; so in Trag., ; ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72
; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9
(Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c
; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.II with Adverbial clauses:1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5
, cf. 1.65;ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76
; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3) (lyr.); soὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41
andὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801
;ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2
; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases asοὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8
; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31; ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20
, cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31
; also withἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135
codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88
;ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25
;ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d
.— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.III with Adverbs:a with the Posit., truly,Pl.
Phdr. 234e (cf.ἀληθής 111.1b
: as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452; (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9
, 340.2;ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26
;ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27
, D.6.32;ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53
(iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does ὁ in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as ;ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c
, cf. Phd. 99d.c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141
, etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189
; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153
;ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50
;μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6
;ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d
; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a
;βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17
(ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34
; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50
, etc.;ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17
.2 with Adjs.,a Posit.,ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d
.b with [comp] Sup.,ὡς ἄριστοι τὰς φύσεις Id.Ti. 18d
;ὅπως ὡς βέλτισται ἔσονται Id.Grg. 503a
;ὡς ὅτι βέλτιστον Id.Smp. 218d
.c separated from the Adj. by a Prep.,ὡς ἐς ἐλάχιστον Th.1.63
, cf. D.18.246;ὡς ἐν βραχυτάτοις Antipho 1.18
;ὡς ἐν ἐχυρωτάτῳ ποιεῖσθαι X.Cyr. 1.6.26
, etc.Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3
, cf. Pl.R. 365a;ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84
, etc.;οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1
; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75
.2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350
.Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600
: with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17
: rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172
, cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170
([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2
: less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424
;ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294
; alsoὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396
;Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74
; the second ὣς is repeated,ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41
(ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως inὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330
,ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117
; cf.ὥσπερ 111.1
: but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35
, 36;ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10
, cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89
B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.IV Causal, since, because.I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402
, cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22
: with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427
, cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions inὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168
): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69
, cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.2 with Verbs of feeling,χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648
;ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600
.II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37
;τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83
;ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464
;[νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7
. b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.
2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23
; cf.ἵνα B. 1.3
,ὅπως B. 1.3
.3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95
, cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.ἔπος 11.4
; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36
(so withoutὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61
), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184
; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75
;οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d
;ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13
; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135
, cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113
;μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d
; cf.ὥστε B. 1.2
: with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31
.IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914
, cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46
.C [full] ὡς beforeI Participles;II Prepositions; andIII ὡς itself as a Preposition.I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430
(v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28
, cf. 91; , etc.;δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242
;ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325
(troch.): in questions,παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b
;ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557
; with vbs. of knowing,ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91
; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672; ; ; , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32
; (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e
, cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144
; ἐρώταὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9
; , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e
, cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25
, cf. Pl.R. 604b.II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11
; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61
;πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58
;τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44
: in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28
; alsoὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c
;ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101
.b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8
, cf. 13.1.22;ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1
, cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)ἰόντων Id.8.3.32
.III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom., (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10
; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121
.έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5
, etc.; ;ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31
; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121
; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36
(ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242
: in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316
; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6
, 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279
; (troch.).II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107
;ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47
, cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt., ;ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281
.2 joined with other words of wishing,ὡς ὤφελες αὐτόθ' ὀλέσθαι 3.428
;ὡς δὴ μὴ ὄφελον νικᾶν Od.11.548
.E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5
; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.μάλα 111.5
), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7
; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30
, cf. An.5.4.12; cf. .F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.ἵνα B.11.3c
.2 know that (sc. ἴσθι), ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39
; ; , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32
, cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also .3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57
, cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114
; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους) , cf. 79;ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9
, al.; rarely with a Verb,ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29
, cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς followsἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3
:—for the etymology v. infr. H; alsoὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74
(v. infr. H).G [full] ὡς pleonast. inὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14
, 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. ὁ, Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18
.
См. также в других словарях:
Two by Twos — Prominent early preachers (left to right): William Gill, William Irvine, and George Walker Classification Protestant Polity Episcopal Geographical areas … Wikipedia
Places in the Wheel of Time series — This article is about the countries, cities, towns, and other important locations in Robert Jordan’s The Wheel of Time fantasy fiction series. With the publication in 1997 of The World of Robert Jordan s The Wheel of Time (often called World ),… … Wikipedia
Places in The Hitchhiker's Guide to the Galaxy — Hitchhiker s portal This is a list of places featured in Douglas Adams s science fiction series, The Hitchhiker s Guide to the Galaxy. The series is set in a fictionalised version of the Milky Way galaxy and thus, while most locations are pure… … Wikipedia
Places in Harry Potter — J. K. Rowling s Harry Potter universe contains numerous settings for the events in her fantasy novels. These locations are categorised as a dwelling, school, shopping district, or government affiliated locale. Contents 1 Dwellings 1.1 The Burrow… … Wikipedia
Two Witnesses — In Christian eschatology, the Two Witnesses are two individuals, concepts or corporate beings described in chapter 11 of the Book of Revelation in the events leading up to the second coming of Christ.] The images, symbolism, and allegorical… … Wikipedia
Quantum tic tac toe — In physics, the game of Quantum tic tac toe is a quantum generalization of tic tac toe in which the players moves are quantum superposition of plays in the classical game. The game was invented by Allan Goff of Novatia Labs.QuoteQuantum tic tac… … Wikipedia
Boyle Roche — Infobox Politician name = Sir Boyle Roche, 1st Baronet birth date = October 1736 birth place = County Galway death date = death date|1807|6|5|df=y death place = Dublin office = Member, Irish House of Commons term start = 1775 term end = 1801… … Wikipedia
National Register of Historic Places — This article is about the U.S. Register. For the National Register of Historic Places in Canada, see Canadian Register of Historic Places. Old Slater Mill, a historic district in Pawtucket, Rhode Island, was the first property listed in the… … Wikipedia
At Swim, Two Boys — infobox Book | name = At Swim, Two Boys title orig = translator = image caption = author = Jamie O Neill illustrator = cover artist = country = Ireland language = English series = genre = Fiction publisher = Scribner release date = 2001 english… … Wikipedia
Closed timelike curve — In mathematical physics, a closed timelike curve (CTC) is a worldline in a Lorentzian manifold, of a material particle in spacetime that is closed, returning to its starting point. This possibility was first raised by Kurt Gödel in 1949, who… … Wikipedia
Big Two — Deuces redirects here. For the Chris Brown song, see Deuces (song). For other meanings see Big Two (disambiguation). Big Two Origin Chinese Alternative name(s) … Wikipedia